]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Automatic date update in version.in
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
247@c
248@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 249@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
250@ifset AARCH64
251
252@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
253 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 254 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 255@end ifset
625e1353
RH
256@ifset ALPHA
257
258@emph{Target Alpha options:}
259 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
260 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 261 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
262 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
263 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
264@end ifset
252b5132 265@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
266
267@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
268 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
269 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
270 [@b{-mcode-density}]
a4fb0134 271 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
272@end ifset
273@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
274
275@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 276@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
277 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
278 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
279 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
280 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 281 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 282 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
283 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
284 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
285 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 286 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 287@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
288@ifset Blackfin
289
290@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
291 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
292 [@b{-mfdpic}]
293 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
294 [@b{-mnopic}]
295@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
296@ifset CRIS
297
298@emph{Target CRIS options:}
299 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
300 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
301 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 302 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
303@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
304@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
305@end ifset
252b5132 306@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D10V options:}
309 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
310@end ifset
311@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D30V options:}
314 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 315@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
316@ifset EPIPHANY
317
318@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
319 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
320@end ifset
252b5132 321@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
322
323@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
324 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
325@end ifset
326@ifset HPPA
327@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
328@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
329@ifset I80386
330
331@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 332 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 333 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
334@end ifset
335@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
336
337@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 338@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
339 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
340 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
341 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 342@end ifset
587fe2b3 343@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 344
9e32ca89
NC
345@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
346 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
347 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
348 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 349 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 350 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 351 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
352 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
353@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
354@ifset IP2K
355
356@emph{Target IP2K options:}
357 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
358@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
359@ifset M32C
360
361@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 362 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 363@end ifset
587fe2b3 364@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 365
a4fb0134
SC
366@emph{Target M32R options:}
367 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 368 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 369@end ifset
252b5132 370@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
373 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 374@end ifset
60bcf0fa 375@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 378 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
379 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
380 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 381 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
382 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
383 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
384@end ifset
385@ifset MCORE
386
387@emph{Target MCORE options:}
388 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
389 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 390@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
391@ifset METAG
392
393@emph{Target Meta options:}
394 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
395@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
396@ifset MICROBLAZE
397@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
398@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
399@end ifset
252b5132 400@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
401
402@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 403 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 405 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
407 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
408 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 410 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
411 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
412 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 413 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 414 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 415 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 416 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 417 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 418 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 419 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 420 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 421 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 422 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 423 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 424 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 425 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 426 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 427 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 428 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 429 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
430 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
431 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 432 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 433 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
434@end ifset
435@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
436
437@emph{Target MMIX options:}
438 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
439 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
440 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 441 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 442@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
443@ifset NIOSII
444
445@emph{Target Nios II options:}
446 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
447 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
448@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
449@ifset NDS32
450
451@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
452 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
453 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
456 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
457 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
458 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
459 [@b{-mb2bb}]
460@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
461@ifset PDP11
462
463@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
464 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
465 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 466 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
467@end ifset
468@ifset PJ
469
470@emph{Target picoJava options:}
471 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
472@end ifset
473@ifset PPC
474
475@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
476 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
477 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
478 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 479 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 480 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
481 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
482 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 483 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
484 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
485 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 486 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 487 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 488@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
489@ifset RL78
490
491@emph{Target RL78 options:}
492 [@b{-mg10}]
493 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
494@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
495@ifset RX
496
497@emph{Target RX options:}
498 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 499 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
500 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
501 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
502 [@b{-mpid}]
503 [@b{-mrelax}]
504 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
505 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 506@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
507@ifset S390
508
509@emph{Target s390 options:}
510 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
511 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
512 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
513@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
514@ifset SCORE
515
516@emph{Target SCORE options:}
517 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
518 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
519 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
520 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
521@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
522@ifset SPARC
523
524@emph{Target SPARC options:}
525@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
526 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
527 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
528 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
529 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
530@end ifset
531@ifset TIC54X
532
533@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 534 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
535 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
536@end ifset
40b36596
JM
537@ifset TIC6X
538
539@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
540 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
541 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
542 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 543@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
544@ifset TILEGX
545
546@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 547 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
548@end ifset
549@ifset TILEPRO
550@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
551@end ifset
b6605ddd 552@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 553
b6605ddd
EB
554@emph{Target Visium options:}
555 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
556@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
557@ifset XTENSA
558
559@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
560 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
561 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
562 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
563 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
564 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 565 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 566@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
567@ifset Z80
568
569@emph{Target Z80 options:}
570 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
571 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
572 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
573 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
574 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
575 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
576 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
577@end ifset
a4fb0134 578@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 579
a4fb0134 580@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 581@end ifset
e0001a05 582
0285c67d 583@c man end
252b5132
RH
584@end smallexample
585
0285c67d
NC
586@c man begin OPTIONS
587
a4fb0134 588@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 589@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 590
83f10cb2 591@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
592Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
593
a4fb0134 594@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
595@item -ac
596omit false conditionals
597
598@item -ad
599omit debugging directives
600
83f10cb2
NC
601@item -ag
602include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
603
252b5132
RH
604@item -ah
605include high-level source
606
607@item -al
608include assembly
609
610@item -am
611include macro expansions
612
613@item -an
614omit forms processing
615
616@item -as
617include symbols
618
619@item =file
620set the name of the listing file
621@end table
622
623You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
624listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
625the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
626
caa32fe5 627@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
628Begin in alternate macro mode.
629@ifclear man
630@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
631@end ifclear
caa32fe5 632
955974c6 633@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
634Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
635ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
636linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
637given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 638
151411f8
L
639@ifset ELF
640@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
641@item --compress-debug-sections=none
642@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
643@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
644@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
645These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
646@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
647@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
648@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 649@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 650@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
651@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
652sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
653@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
654@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
655
151411f8
L
656@end ifset
657
955974c6 658@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
659Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
660targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
661override this.
955974c6 662
252b5132
RH
663@item -D
664Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
665other assemblers.
666
3d6b762c
JM
667@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
668When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
669information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
670
252b5132
RH
671@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
672Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
673@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
674indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
675value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
676use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
677
678@item -f
679``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
680compiler output).
681
329e276d
NC
682@item -g
683@itemx --gen-debug
684Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
685debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
686ECOFF or DWARF2.
687
252b5132
RH
688@item --gstabs
689Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
690may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
691
05da4302
NC
692@item --gstabs+
693Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
694extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
695debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
696may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
697the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
698
329e276d 699@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 700Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 701may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 702option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 703
b40bf0a2
NC
704@item --gdwarf-sections
705Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
706.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
707corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
708will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
709@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
710then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
711suffix.
712
21be61f5
L
713@item --size-check=error
714@itemx --size-check=warning
715Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
716
252b5132
RH
717@item --help
718Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
719
ea20a7da
CC
720@item --target-help
721Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
722
252b5132
RH
723@item -I @var{dir}
724Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
725
726@item -J
727Don't warn about signed overflow.
728
729@item -K
730@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
731This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
732@end ifclear
733@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
734Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
735@end ifset
736
737@item -L
738@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
739Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
740system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
741or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
742@ifclear man
743@xref{Symbol Names}.
744@end ifclear
252b5132 745
c3a27914
NC
746@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
747Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
748listing to @var{number}.
749
750@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
751Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
752lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
753
754@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
755Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
756@var{number} bytes.
757
758@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
759Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
760to @var{number} + 1.
761
252b5132 762@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 763Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
764
765@item -R
766Fold the data section into the text section.
767
d60646b9 768@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
769Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
770@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
771assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
772memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
773requirements at the expense of speed.
774
775@item --reduce-memory-overheads
776This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
777assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
778@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
779
451133ce
NP
780@ifset ELF
781@item --sectname-subst
782Honor substitution sequences in section names.
783@ifclear man
784@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
785@end ifclear
786@end ifset
787
252b5132
RH
788@item --statistics
789Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
790assembly.
791
792@item --strip-local-absolute
793Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
794
795@item -v
796@itemx -version
a4fb0134 797Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
798
799@item --version
a4fb0134 800Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
801
802@item -W
2bdd6cf5 803@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
804Suppress warning messages.
805
2bdd6cf5
GK
806@item --fatal-warnings
807Treat warnings as errors.
808
809@item --warn
810Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
811
252b5132
RH
812@item -w
813Ignored.
814
815@item -x
816Ignored.
817
818@item -Z
819Generate an object file even after errors.
820
821@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
822Standard input, or source files to assemble.
823
824@end table
2a633939
JM
825@c man end
826
a06ea964
NC
827@ifset AARCH64
828
829@ifclear man
830@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
831for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
832@end ifclear
833
834@ifset man
835@c man begin OPTIONS
836The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
83764-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
838@c man end
839@c man begin INCLUDE
840@include c-aarch64.texi
841@c ended inside the included file
842@end ifset
843
844@end ifset
845
2a633939
JM
846@ifset ALPHA
847
848@ifclear man
849@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
850for an Alpha processor.
851@end ifclear
852
853@ifset man
854@c man begin OPTIONS
855The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
856processor.
857@c man end
858@c man begin INCLUDE
859@include c-alpha.texi
860@c ended inside the included file
861@end ifset
862
863@end ifset
252b5132 864
2a633939 865@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 866@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
867The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
868processor.
252b5132 869
a4fb0134 870@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 871@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
872This option selects the core processor variant.
873@item -EB | -EL
874Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
875@item -mcode-density
876Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
877@end table
878@end ifset
879
880@ifset ARM
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
882processor family.
883
a4fb0134 884@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 885@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 886Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 887@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 888Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 889@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 890Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
891@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
892Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
893@item -mthumb
894Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 895@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
896Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
897@item -EB | -EL
898Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
899@item -mthumb-interwork
900Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
901ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
902@item -mccs
903Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
904@item -k
905Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
906@end table
907@end ifset
635fb38d 908@c man end
252b5132 909
9982501a 910@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
911
912@ifclear man
913@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
914configured for the Blackfin processor family.
915@end ifclear
916
917@ifset man
918@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
919The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
920the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
921@c man end
922@c man begin INCLUDE
923@include c-bfin.texi
924@c ended inside the included file
925@end ifset
9982501a 926
9982501a
JZ
927@end ifset
928
635fb38d 929@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
930@ifset CRIS
931See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
932@end ifset
933
252b5132
RH
934@ifset D10V
935The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
936a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 937@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
938@cindex D10V optimization
939@cindex optimization, D10V
940@item -O
941Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
942@end table
943@end ifset
944
945@ifset D30V
946The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
947processor.
a4fb0134 948@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
949@cindex D30V optimization
950@cindex optimization, D30V
951@item -O
952Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
953
954@cindex D30V nops
955@item -n
956Warn when nops are generated.
957
958@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
959@item -N
960Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
961@end table
962@end ifset
731caf76
L
963@c man end
964
cfb8c092
NC
965@ifset EPIPHANY
966The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
967Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
968
56b13185
JR
969@ifclear man
970@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
971configured for an Epiphany processor.
972@end ifclear
cfb8c092 973
56b13185
JR
974@ifset man
975@c man begin OPTIONS
976The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
977an Epiphany processor.
978@c man end
979@c man begin INCLUDE
980@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
981@c ended inside the included file
982@end ifset
983
984@end ifset
985
986@ifset H8300
987
988@ifclear man
989@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
990for an H8/300 processor.
991@end ifclear
992
993@ifset man
994@c man begin OPTIONS
995The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
996processor.
997@c man end
998@c man begin INCLUDE
999@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1000@c ended inside the included file
1001@end ifset
cfb8c092 1002
cfb8c092
NC
1003@end ifset
1004
731caf76 1005@ifset I80386
252b5132 1006
731caf76
L
1007@ifclear man
1008@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1009configured for an i386 processor.
1010@end ifclear
1011
1012@ifset man
1013@c man begin OPTIONS
1014The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1015an i386 processor.
1016@c man end
1017@c man begin INCLUDE
1018@include c-i386.texi
1019@c ended inside the included file
1020@end ifset
1021
1022@end ifset
1023
1024@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1025@ifset I960
1026The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1027Intel 80960 processor.
1028
a4fb0134 1029@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1030@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1031Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1032
1033@item -b
1034Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1035
1036@item -no-relax
1037Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1038error if necessary.
1039
1040@end table
1041@end ifset
1042
a40cbfa3
NC
1043@ifset IP2K
1044The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1045Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1046
1047@table @gcctabopt
1048
1049@item -mip2022ext
1050Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1051
1052@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1053Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1054just the basic IP2022 ones.
1055
1056@end table
1057@end ifset
1058
49f58d10
JB
1059@ifset M32C
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1061Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1062
1063@table @gcctabopt
1064
1065@item -m32c
1066Assemble M32C instructions.
1067
1068@item -m16c
1069Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1070
c54b5932
DD
1071@item -relax
1072Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1073
1074@item -h-tick-hex
1075Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1076
49f58d10
JB
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
1079
ec694b89
NC
1080@ifset M32R
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1082Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1083
a4fb0134 1084@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1085
1086@item --m32rx
1087Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1088is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1089
1090@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1091Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1092encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1093
1094@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1095Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1096encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1097
1098@end table
1099@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1100
1101@ifset M680X0
1102The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1103Motorola 68000 series.
1104
a4fb0134 1105@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1106
1107@item -l
1108Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1109
0285c67d
NC
1110@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1111@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1112@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1113Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1114is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1115
1116@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1117The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1118The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1119the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1120two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1121coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1122
1123@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1124The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1125unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1126
1127@end table
1128@end ifset
1129
36591ba1
SL
1130@ifset NIOSII
1131
1132@ifclear man
1133@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1134for an Altera Nios II processor.
1135@end ifclear
1136
1137@ifset man
1138@c man begin OPTIONS
1139The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1140Altera Nios II processor.
1141@c man end
1142@c man begin INCLUDE
1143@include c-nios2.texi
1144@c ended inside the included file
1145@end ifset
1146@end ifset
1147
e135f41b
NC
1148@ifset PDP11
1149
1150For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1151see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1152
a4fb0134 1153@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1154@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1155Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1156default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1157
1158@item -mall
1159@itemx -mall-extensions
1160Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1161
1162@item -mno-extensions
1163Disable all instruction set extensions.
1164
1165@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1166Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1167
1168@item -m@var{cpu}
1169Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1170disable all other extensions.
1171
1172@item -m@var{machine}
1173Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1174model, and disable all other extensions.
1175@end table
1176
1177@end ifset
1178
041dd5a9
ILT
1179@ifset PJ
1180The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1181a picoJava processor.
1182
a4fb0134 1183@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1184
1185@cindex PJ endianness
1186@cindex endianness, PJ
1187@cindex big endian output, PJ
1188@item -mb
1189Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1190
1191@cindex little endian output, PJ
1192@item -ml
1193Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1194
1195@end table
1196@end ifset
1197
60bcf0fa
NC
1198@ifset M68HC11
1199The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1200Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1201
a4fb0134 1202@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1203
6927f982 1204@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1205Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1206defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1207
6927f982
NC
1208@item --xgate-ramoffset
1209Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1210XGATE address space.
1211
2f904664
SC
1212@item -mshort
1213Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1214
1215@item -mlong
01642c12 1216Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1217
1218@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1219Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1220
1221@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1222Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1223
1370e33d 1224@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1225Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1226conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1227sub routine.
1228
1370e33d
NC
1229@item -S | --short-branches
1230Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1231when the offset is out of range.
1232
1233@item --strict-direct-mode
1234Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1235when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1236
1237@item --print-insn-syntax
1238Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1239
1240@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1241Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1242
1243@item --generate-example
6927f982 1244Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1245This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1246
1247@end table
1248@end ifset
1249
252b5132 1250@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1251The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1252for the SPARC architecture:
1253
a4fb0134 1254@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1255@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1256@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1257Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1258
1259@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1260@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1261
1262@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1263UltraSPARC extensions.
1264
1265@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1266For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1267equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1268
1269@item -bump
1270Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1271@end table
1272@end ifset
1273
39bec121
TW
1274@ifset TIC54X
1275The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1276architecture.
39bec121 1277
a4fb0134 1278@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1279@item -mfar-mode
1280Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1281extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1282@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1283Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1284@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1285Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1286behaviour in the shell.
1287@end table
1288@end ifset
1289
252b5132
RH
1290@ifset MIPS
1291The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1292a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1293
a4fb0134 1294@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1295@item -G @var{num}
1296This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1297implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1298use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1299
1300@cindex MIPS endianness
1301@cindex endianness, MIPS
1302@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1303@item -EB
1304Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1305
1306@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1307@item -EL
1308Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1309
1310@cindex MIPS ISA
1311@item -mips1
1312@itemx -mips2
1313@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1314@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1315@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1316@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1317@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1318@itemx -mips32r3
1319@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1320@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1321@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1322@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1323@itemx -mips64r3
1324@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1325@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1326Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1327@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1328alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1329@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1330@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1331@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1332@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1333MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1334Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1335MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1336
98508b2a
RS
1337@item -march=@var{cpu}
1338Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1339
1340@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1341Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1342
1343@item -mfix7000
1344@itemx -mno-fix7000
1345Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1346of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1347
a8d14a88
CM
1348@item -mfix-rm7000
1349@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1350Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1351followed by a load instruction.
1352
ecb4347a
DJ
1353@item -mdebug
1354@itemx -no-mdebug
1355Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1356section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1357
dcd410fe
RO
1358@item -mpdr
1359@itemx -mno-pdr
1360Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1361
437ee9d5
TS
1362@item -mgp32
1363@itemx -mfp32
1364The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1365flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1366all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1367and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1368
351cdf24
MF
1369@item -mgp64
1370@itemx -mfp64
1371The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1372flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1373all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1374and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1375
1376@item -mfpxx
1377The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1378this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1379which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
138032 or 64 bits wide.
1381
1382@item -modd-spreg
1383@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1384Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1385registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1386@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1387
437ee9d5
TS
1388@item -mips16
1389@itemx -no-mips16
1390Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1391@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1392turns off this option.
252b5132 1393
df58fc94
RS
1394@item -mmicromips
1395@itemx -mno-micromips
1396Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1397@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1398turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1399at the start of the assembly file.
1400
e16bfa71
TS
1401@item -msmartmips
1402@itemx -mno-smartmips
1403Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1404equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1405@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1406
1f25f5d3
CD
1407@item -mips3d
1408@itemx -no-mips3d
1409Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1410This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1411@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1412
deec1734
CD
1413@item -mdmx
1414@itemx -no-mdmx
1415Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1416This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1417@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1418
2ef2b9ae
CF
1419@item -mdsp
1420@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1421Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1422This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1423@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1424
8b082fb1
TS
1425@item -mdspr2
1426@itemx -mno-dspr2
1427Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1428This option implies -mdsp.
1429This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1430@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1431
56d438b1
CF
1432@item -mmsa
1433@itemx -mno-msa
1434Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1435This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1436@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1437
7d64c587
AB
1438@item -mxpa
1439@itemx -mno-xpa
1440Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1441This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1442@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1443
ef2e4d86
CF
1444@item -mmt
1445@itemx -mno-mt
1446Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1447This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1448@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1449
dec0624d
MR
1450@item -mmcu
1451@itemx -mno-mcu
1452Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1453This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1454@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1455
833794fc
MR
1456@item -minsn32
1457@itemx -mno-insn32
1458Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1459microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1460instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1461the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1462option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1463start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1464selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1465
437ee9d5
TS
1466@item --construct-floats
1467@itemx --no-construct-floats
1468The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1469double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1470value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1471the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1472selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1473
3bf0dbfb
MR
1474@item --relax-branch
1475@itemx --no-relax-branch
1476The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1477branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1478out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1479
ba92f887
MR
1480@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1481Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1482(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1483
252b5132
RH
1484@cindex emulation
1485@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1486This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1487on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1488removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1489It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1490
1491The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1492@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1493is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1494big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1495preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1496
1497@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1498@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1499the native tools.
1500
252b5132
RH
1501@item --trap
1502@itemx --no-trap
1503@itemx --break
1504@itemx --no-break
1505Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1506@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1507(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1508@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1509break exception.
63486801
L
1510
1511@item -n
a4fb0134 1512When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1513time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1514@end table
1515@end ifset
1516
1517@ifset MCORE
1518The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1519an MCore processor.
1520
a4fb0134 1521@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1522@item -jsri2bsr
1523@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1524Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1525The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1526
1527@item -sifilter
1528@itemx -nosifilter
1529Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1530The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1531
1532@item -relax
1533Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1534
ec694b89
NC
1535@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1536Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1537can be assembled.
1538
1539@item -EB
1540Assemble for a big endian target.
1541
1542@item -EL
1543Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1544
1545@end table
1546@end ifset
a3c62988 1547@c man end
252b5132 1548
a3c62988
NC
1549@ifset METAG
1550
1551@ifclear man
1552@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1553for a Meta processor.
1554@end ifclear
1555
1556@ifset man
1557@c man begin OPTIONS
1558The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1559Meta processor.
1560@c man end
1561@c man begin INCLUDE
1562@include c-metag.texi
1563@c ended inside the included file
1564@end ifset
1565
1566@end ifset
1567
1568@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1569@ifset MMIX
1570See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1571@end ifset
1572
35c08157
KLC
1573@ifset NDS32
1574
1575@ifclear man
1576@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1577for a NDS32 processor.
1578@end ifclear
1579@c ended inside the included file
1580@end ifset
1581
1582@ifset man
1583@c man begin OPTIONS
1584The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1585NDS32 processor.
1586@c man end
1587@c man begin INCLUDE
1588@include c-nds32.texi
1589@c ended inside the included file
1590@end ifset
1591
635fb38d 1592@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1593@ifset PPC
1594
1595@ifclear man
1596@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1597for a PowerPC processor.
1598@end ifclear
1599
1600@ifset man
1601@c man begin OPTIONS
1602The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1603PowerPC processor.
1604@c man end
1605@c man begin INCLUDE
1606@include c-ppc.texi
1607@c ended inside the included file
1608@end ifset
1609
1610@end ifset
1611
635fb38d 1612@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1613@ifset RX
1614See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1615@end ifset
1616
11c19e16
MS
1617@ifset S390
1618The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1619processor family.
1620
1621@table @gcctabopt
1622@item -m31
1623@itemx -m64
1624Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1625@item -mesa
1626@item -mzarch
1627Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1628Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1629@item -march=@var{processor}
1630Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1631@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1632@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1633@item -mregnames
1634@itemx -mno-regnames
1635Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1636@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1637Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1638but evaluates to zero.
1639@end table
1640@end ifset
2a633939 1641@c man end
11c19e16 1642
40b36596 1643@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1644
1645@ifclear man
1646@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1647for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1648@end ifclear
1649
1650@ifset man
1651@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1652The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1653TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1654@c man end
1655@c man begin INCLUDE
1656@include c-tic6x.texi
1657@c ended inside the included file
1658@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1659
1660@end ifset
1661
aa137e4d
NC
1662@ifset TILEGX
1663
1664@ifclear man
1665@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1666for a TILE-Gx processor.
1667@end ifclear
1668
1669@ifset man
1670@c man begin OPTIONS
1671The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1672processor.
1673@c man end
1674@c man begin INCLUDE
1675@include c-tilegx.texi
1676@c ended inside the included file
1677@end ifset
1678
1679@end ifset
1680
b6605ddd
EB
1681@ifset VISIUM
1682
1683@ifclear man
1684@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1685for a Visium processor.
1686@end ifclear
1687
1688@ifset man
1689@c man begin OPTIONS
1690The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1691processor.
1692@c man end
1693@c man begin INCLUDE
1694@include c-visium.texi
1695@c ended inside the included file
1696@end ifset
1697
1698@end ifset
1699
e0001a05 1700@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1701
2d8b84ae
SA
1702@ifclear man
1703@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1704for an Xtensa processor.
1705@end ifclear
1706
1707@ifset man
1708@c man begin OPTIONS
1709The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1710Xtensa processor.
1711@c man end
1712@c man begin INCLUDE
1713@include c-xtensa.texi
1714@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1715@end ifset
1716
2d8b84ae
SA
1717@end ifset
1718
1719@c man begin OPTIONS
1720
3c9b82ba
NC
1721@ifset Z80
1722The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1723a Z80 family processor.
1724@table @gcctabopt
1725@item -z80
1726Assemble for Z80 processor.
1727@item -r800
1728Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1729@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1730@itemx -Wnud
1731Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1732@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1733@itemx -Wnup
1734Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1735@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1736@itemx -Wud
1737Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1738@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1739@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1740Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1741@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1742@itemx -Fud
1743Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1744@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1745@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1746Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1747@end table
1748@end ifset
1749
0285c67d
NC
1750@c man end
1751
252b5132
RH
1752@menu
1753* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1754* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1755* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1756* Command Line:: Command Line
1757* Input Files:: Input Files
1758* Object:: Output (Object) File
1759* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1760@end menu
1761
1762@node Manual
1763@section Structure of this Manual
1764
1765@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1766This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1767@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1768notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1769@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1770
1771@ifclear GENERIC
1772We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1773configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1774@end ifclear
1775@ifset GENERIC
1776This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1777various flavors of the assembler.
1778@end ifset
1779
1780@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1781On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1782to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1783In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1784architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1785mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1786particular architecture.
1787@ifset GENERIC
1788You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1789machine architecture manual for this information.
1790@end ifset
1791@ifclear GENERIC
1792@ifset H8/300
1793For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1794Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1795Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1796@end ifset
252b5132 1797@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1798For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1799see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1800@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1801@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1802@end ifset
1803@ifset Z8000
1804For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1805@end ifset
1806@end ifclear
1807
1808@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1809@ignore
1810Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1811the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1812Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1813computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1814once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1815qualification.
1816
a4fb0134 1817@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1818human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1819computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1820@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1821@end ignore
1822
1823@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1824@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1825@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1826@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1827@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1828@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1829@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1830@c directives).
1831
1832@node GNU Assembler
1833@section The GNU Assembler
1834
0285c67d
NC
1835@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1836
a4fb0134 1837@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1838@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1839This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1840configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1841@end ifclear
1842If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1843should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1844architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1845including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1846@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1847
1848@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1849@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1850@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1851@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1852assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1853machine would assemble.
1854@ifset VAX
1855Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1856@end ifset
1857@ifset M680X0
1858@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1859@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1860This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1861assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1862incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1863@end ifset
1864
0285c67d
NC
1865@c man end
1866
a4fb0134 1867Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1868program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1869@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1870
1871@node Object Formats
1872@section Object File Formats
1873
1874@cindex object file format
1875The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1876object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1877write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1878are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1879Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1880@ifclear GENERIC
1881@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1882For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1883@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1884@end ifclear
1885@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1886@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1887On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1888@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1889@end ifset
1890@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1891On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1892SOM or ELF format object files.
1893@end ifset
1894@end ifclear
1895
1896@node Command Line
1897@section Command Line
1898
1899@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1900
a4fb0134 1901After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1902options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1903before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1904significant.
1905
1906@cindex standard input, as input file
1907@kindex --
1908@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1909explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1910
1911@cindex options, command line
1912Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1913hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1914@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1915option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1916the letter is important. All options are optional.
1917
1918Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1919name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1920with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1921standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1922
1923@smallexample
1924@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1925@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1926@end smallexample
1927
1928@node Input Files
1929@section Input Files
1930
1931@cindex input
1932@cindex source program
1933@cindex files, input
1934We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1935describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1936be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1937doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1938
1939@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1940@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1941The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1942order specified.
1943
0285c67d 1944@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1945Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1946program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1947(The standard input is also a file.)
1948
a4fb0134 1949You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1950names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1951command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1952is taken to be an input file name.
1953
a4fb0134
SC
1954If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1955from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1956may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1957to assemble.
1958
1959Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1960in your command line.
1961
a4fb0134 1962If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1963file.
1964
0285c67d
NC
1965@c man end
1966
252b5132
RH
1967@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1968
1969@cindex input file linenumbers
1970@cindex line numbers, in input files
1971There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1972either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1973number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1974``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1975
1976@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1977to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1978
1979@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1980directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1981error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1982is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1983@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1984@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1985
1986@node Object
1987@section Output (Object) File
1988
1989@cindex object file
1990@cindex output file
1991@kindex a.out
1992@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1993Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1994your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1995is the object file. Its default name is
1996@ifclear BOUT
1997@code{a.out}.
1998@end ifclear
1999@ifset BOUT
2000@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2001@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2002@end ifset
a4fb0134 2003@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2004@end ifset
a4fb0134 2005You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2006object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2007reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2008directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2009possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2010
2011@cindex linker
2012@kindex ld
2013The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2014assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2015the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2016information for the debugger.
2017
2018@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2019@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2020
2021@node Errors
2022@section Error and Warning Messages
2023
0285c67d
NC
2024@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2025
a349d9dd 2026@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2027@cindex warning messages
2028@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2029@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2030file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2031runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2032that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2033grave problem that stops the assembly.
2034
0285c67d
NC
2035@c man end
2036
252b5132
RH
2037@cindex format of warning messages
2038Warning messages have the format
2039
2040@smallexample
2041file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2042@end smallexample
2043
2044@noindent
2045@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2046(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2047(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2048the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2049@ifset GENERIC
2050(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2051@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2052then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2053otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2054message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2055tradition).
2056
2057@cindex format of error messages
2058Error messages have the format
2059@smallexample
2060file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2061@end smallexample
2062The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2063messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2064because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2065
2066@node Invoking
2067@chapter Command-Line Options
2068
2069@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2070This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2071versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2072for options specific
252b5132 2073@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2074to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2075@end ifclear
2076@ifset GENERIC
2077to particular machine architectures.
2078@end ifset
2079
0285c67d
NC
2080@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2081
c1253627 2082If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2083you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2084The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2085by commas. For example:
2086
2087@smallexample
2088gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2089@end smallexample
2090
2091@noindent
2092This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2093standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2094local symbols in the symbol table).
2095
2096Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2097command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2098(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2099precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2100assembler.)
2101
0285c67d
NC
2102@c man end
2103
252b5132 2104@menu
83f10cb2 2105* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2106* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2107* D:: -D for compatibility
2108* f:: -f to work faster
2109* I:: -I for .include search path
2110@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2111* K:: -K for compatibility
2112@end ifclear
2113@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2114* K:: -K for difference tables
2115@end ifset
2116
ba83aca1 2117* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2118* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2119* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2120* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2121* o:: -o to name the object file
2122* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2123* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2124* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2125* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2126* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2127* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2128@end menu
2129
2130@node a
83f10cb2 2131@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2132
2133@kindex -a
2134@kindex -ac
2135@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2136@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2137@kindex -ah
2138@kindex -al
2139@kindex -an
2140@kindex -as
2141@cindex listings, enabling
2142@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2143
2144These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2145@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2146You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2147@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2148@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2149@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2150High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2151@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2152also.
2153
83f10cb2
NC
2154Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2155information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2156
252b5132
RH
2157Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2158which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2159other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2160omitted from the listing.
2161
2162Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2163listing.
2164
2165Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2166listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2167@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2168@code{.sbttl}.
2169The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2170If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2171listing-control directives have no effect.
2172
2173The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2174@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2175
96e9638b
BW
2176Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2177because it
c3a27914
NC
2178is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2179is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2180directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2181stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2182memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2183
caa32fe5
NC
2184@node alternate
2185@section @option{--alternate}
2186
2187@kindex --alternate
2188Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2189
252b5132 2190@node D
a4fb0134 2191@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2192
2193@kindex -D
2194This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2195likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2196@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2197
2198@node f
a4fb0134 2199@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2200
2201@kindex -f
2202@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2203@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2204@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2205(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2206and comment preprocessing on
2207the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2208,Preprocessing}.
2209
2210@quotation
2211@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2212preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2213not work correctly.
2214@end quotation
2215
2216@node I
c1253627 2217@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2218
2219@kindex -I @var{path}
2220@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2221@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2222@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2223Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2224@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2225directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2226many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2227working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2228searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2229specified (left to right) on the command line.
2230
2231@node K
a4fb0134 2232@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2233
2234@kindex -K
2235@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2236On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2237permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2238where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2239generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2240family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2241alteration on other platforms.
2242@end ifclear
2243
2244@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2245@cindex difference tables, warning
2246@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2247@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2248form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2249You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2250is done.
2251@end ifset
2252
2253@node L
ba83aca1 2254@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2255
2256@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2257@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2258Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2259@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2260called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2261such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2262programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2263notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2264such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2265
2266This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2267in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2268@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2269
c3a27914 2270@node listing
a4fb0134 2271@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2272
2273The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2274@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2275hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2276them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2277directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2278@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2279@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2280@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2281
a4fb0134 2282@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2283@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2284@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2285@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2286Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2287dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2288
2289@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2290@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2291@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2292Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2293a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2294the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2295switch is used the default is to one.
2296
2297@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2298@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2299@cindex Width of source line output
2300Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2301alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2302source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2303
2304@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2305@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2306@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2307Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2308displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2309@end table
2310
252b5132 2311@node M
a4fb0134 2312@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2313
2314@kindex -M
2315@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2316The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2317changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2318compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2319configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2320MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2321information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2322arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2323assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2324
2325The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2326depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2327file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2328individually. These are:
2329
2330@itemize @bullet
2331@item global symbols in common section
2332
2333The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2334Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2335common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2336symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2337symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2338
2339@item complex relocations
2340
2341The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2342relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2343are not support by other object file formats.
2344
2345@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2346
2347The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2348This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2349instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2350script.
2351
2352@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2353
2354The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2355name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2356
2357@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2358
2359The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2360address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2361which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2362not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2363assigned within a linker script.
2364@end itemize
2365
2366There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2367@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2368seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2369
2370@itemize @bullet
2371
2372@item EBCDIC strings
2373
2374EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2375
2376@item packed binary coded decimal
2377
2378Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2379and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2380
2381@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2382
2383The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2384
2385@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2386
2387The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2388
2389@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2390
2391The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2392@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2393relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2394these options serve no purpose.
2395
2396@item @code{OPT} list control options
2397
2398The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2399@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2400@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2401
2402@item other @code{OPT} options
2403
2404The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2405@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2406
2407@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2408
2409The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2410@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2411
2412@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2413
2414The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2415
2416@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2417
2418The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2419
2420@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2421
2422The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2423
2424@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2425
2426The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2427
2428@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2429
2430The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2431
2432@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2433
2434The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2435
2436@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2437
2438The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2439
2440@end itemize
2441
2442@node MD
c1253627 2443@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2444
2445@kindex --MD
2446@cindex dependency tracking
2447@cindex make rules
2448
a4fb0134 2449@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2450file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2451dependencies of the main source file.
2452
2453The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2454
2455This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2456
2457@node o
a4fb0134 2458@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2459
2460@kindex -o
2461@cindex naming object file
2462@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2463There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2464default it has the name
2465@ifset GENERIC
2466@ifset I960
2467@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2468@end ifset
2469@ifclear I960
2470@file{a.out}.
2471@end ifclear
2472@end ifset
2473@ifclear GENERIC
2474@ifset I960
2475@file{b.out}.
2476@end ifset
2477@ifclear I960
2478@file{a.out}.
2479@end ifclear
2480@end ifclear
2481You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2482object file a different name.
2483
a4fb0134 2484Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2485existing file of the same name.
2486
2487@node R
a4fb0134 2488@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2489
2490@kindex -R
2491@cindex data and text sections, joining
2492@cindex text and data sections, joining
2493@cindex joining text and data sections
2494@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2495@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2496data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2497the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2498section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2499your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2500appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2501
a4fb0134 2502When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2503address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2504data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2505older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2506
c1253627
NC
2507@ifset COFF-ELF
2508When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2509this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2510@samp{.data}.
2511@end ifset
2512
2513@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2514@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2515@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2516@end ifset
2517
2518@node statistics
a4fb0134 2519@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2520
2521@kindex --statistics
2522@cindex statistics, about assembly
2523@cindex time, total for assembly
2524@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2525Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2526@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2527(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2528seconds).
2529
2530@node traditional-format
c1253627 2531@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2532
2533@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2534For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2535from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2536@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2537
2538For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2539@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2540
2541@node v
a4fb0134 2542@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2543
2544@kindex -v
2545@kindex -version
2546@cindex assembler version
2547@cindex version of assembler
2548You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2549option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2550command line.
2551
2552@node W
a4fb0134 2553@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2554
a4fb0134 2555@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2556assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2557cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2558made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2559
c1253627
NC
2560@kindex -W
2561@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2562@cindex suppressing warnings
2563@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2564If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2565This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2566how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2567are still reported.
2568
c1253627 2569@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2570@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2571@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2572If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2573files that generate warnings to be in error.
2574
c1253627 2575@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2576@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2577You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2578causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2579
2580@node Z
a4fb0134 2581@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2582@cindex object file, after errors
2583@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2584After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2585some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2586@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2587option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2588writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2589errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2590
2591@node Syntax
2592@chapter Syntax
2593
2594@cindex machine-independent syntax
2595@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2596This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2597source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2598assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2599@ifclear VAX
2600assembler.
2601@end ifclear
2602@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2603assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2604@end ifset
2605
2606@menu
7c31ae13 2607* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2608* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2609* Comments:: Comments
2610* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2611* Statements:: Statements
2612* Constants:: Constants
2613@end menu
2614
2615@node Preprocessing
2616@section Preprocessing
2617
2618@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2619The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2620@itemize @bullet
2621@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2622@item
2623adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2624the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2625a single space.
2626
2627@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2628@item
2629removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2630appropriate number of newlines.
2631
2632@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2633@item
2634converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2635@end itemize
2636
2637It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2638anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2639do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2640(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2641to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2642@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2643Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2644
2645Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2646cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2647preprocessed.
2648
2649@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2650@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2651@kindex #NO_APP
2652@kindex #APP
2653If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2654@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2655Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2656specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2657text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2658@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2659@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2660and whitespace.
2661
2662@node Whitespace
2663@section Whitespace
2664
2665@cindex whitespace
2666@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2667Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2668people to read. Unless within character constants
2669(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2670as exactly one space.
2671
2672@node Comments
2673@section Comments
2674
2675@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2676There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2677cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2678
2679Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2680This means you may not nest these comments.
2681
2682@smallexample
2683/*
2684 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2685 is to use this sort of comment.
2686*/
2687
2688/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2689@end smallexample
2690
2691@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2692Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2693considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2694specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2695line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2696line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2697comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2698upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2699@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2700
2701If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2702special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2703to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2704
2705@kindex #
2706@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2707@cindex logical line numbers
2708To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2709special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2710expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2711line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2712new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2713
2714If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2715the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2716
2717@smallexample
2718 # This is an ordinary comment.
2719# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2720 # This is logical line # 36.
2721@end smallexample
2722This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2723of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2724
2725@node Symbol Intro
2726@section Symbols
2727
2728@cindex characters used in symbols
2729@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2730A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2731letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2732@samp{_.$}.
2733@end ifclear
2734@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2735@ifclear GENERIC
2736@ifset H8
2737A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2738letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2739@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2740symbol names.)
2741@end ifset
2742@end ifclear
2743@end ifset
2744@ifset GENERIC
2745On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2746are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2747@end ifset
2748No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2749There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2750are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2751beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2752of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2753
2754Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2755cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2756quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2757backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2758@cindex length of symbols
2759
2760@node Statements
2761@section Statements
2762
2763@cindex statements, structure of
2764@cindex line separator character
2765@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2766
2767A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2768@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2769specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2770target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2771The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2772preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2773exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2774
2775@cindex newline, required at file end
2776@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2777It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2778character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2779
2780An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2781
2782@cindex instructions and directives
2783@cindex directives and instructions
2784@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2785@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2786@c 13feb91.
2787A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2788key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2789symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2790symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2791directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2792a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2793assembles into a machine language instruction.
2794@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2795Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2796recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2797represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2798language.@refill
2799@end ifset
2800
2801@cindex @code{:} (label)
2802@cindex label (@code{:})
2803A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2804Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2805have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2806
2807@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2808For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2809the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2810only one label may be defined on each line.
2811@end ifset
2812
2813@smallexample
2814label: .directive followed by something
2815another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2816 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2817@end smallexample
2818
2819@node Constants
2820@section Constants
2821
2822@cindex constants
2823A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2824inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2825@smallexample
2826@group
2827.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2828.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2829.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2830.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
283195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2832@end group
2833@end smallexample
2834
2835@menu
2836* Characters:: Character Constants
2837* Numbers:: Number Constants
2838@end menu
2839
2840@node Characters
2841@subsection Character Constants
2842
2843@cindex character constants
2844@cindex constants, character
2845There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2846for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2847numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2848@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2849used in arithmetic expressions.
2850
2851@menu
2852* Strings:: Strings
2853* Chars:: Characters
2854@end menu
2855
2856@node Strings
2857@subsubsection Strings
2858
2859@cindex string constants
2860@cindex constants, string
2861A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2862double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2863into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2864a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2865one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2866@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2867(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2868escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2869
2870@cindex escape codes, character
2871@cindex character escape codes
2872@table @kbd
2873@c @item \a
2874@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2875@c
2876@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2877@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2878@item \b
2879Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2880
2881@c @item \e
2882@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2883@c
2884@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2885@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2886@item \f
2887Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2888
2889@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2890@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2891@item \n
2892Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2893
2894@c @item \p
2895@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2896@c
2897@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2898@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2899@item \r
2900Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2901
2902@c @item \s
2903@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2904@c other assemblers.
2905@c
2906@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2907@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2908@item \t
2909Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2910
2911@c @item \v
2912@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2913@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2914@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2915@c
2916@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2917@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2918@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2919An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2920For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2921for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2922
2923@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2924@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2925@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2926A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2927lower case @code{x} works.
2928
2929@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2930@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2931@item \\
2932Represents one @samp{\} character.
2933
2934@c @item \'
2935@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2936@c This is needed in single character literals
2937@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2938@c a @samp{'}.
2939@c
2940@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2941@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2942@item \"
2943Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2944this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2945
2946@item \ @var{anything-else}
2947Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2948assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2949you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2950interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2951other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2952code and warns you of the fact.
2953@end table
2954
2955Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2956varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2957the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2958compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2959sequence.
2960
2961@node Chars
2962@subsubsection Characters
2963
2964@cindex single character constant
2965@cindex character, single
2966@cindex constant, single character
2967A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2968followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2969to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2970must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2971@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2972grave accent. A newline
2973@ifclear GENERIC
2974@ifclear abnormal-separator
2975(or semicolon @samp{;})
2976@end ifclear
2977@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2978@ifset H8
2979(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2980Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2981@end ifset
2982@end ifset
2983@end ifclear
2984immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2985and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2986constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2987that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2988@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2989
2990@node Numbers
2991@subsection Number Constants
2992
2993@cindex constants, number
2994@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2995@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2996are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2997would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2998integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2999are floating point numbers, described below.
3000
3001@menu
3002* Integers:: Integers
3003* Bignums:: Bignums
3004* Flonums:: Flonums
3005@ifclear GENERIC
3006@ifset I960
3007* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3008@end ifset
3009@end ifclear
3010@end menu
3011
3012@node Integers
3013@subsubsection Integers
3014@cindex integers
3015@cindex constants, integer
3016
3017@cindex binary integers
3018@cindex integers, binary
3019A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3020the binary digits @samp{01}.
3021
3022@cindex octal integers
3023@cindex integers, octal
3024An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3025digits (@samp{01234567}).
3026
3027@cindex decimal integers
3028@cindex integers, decimal
3029A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3030more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3031
3032@cindex hexadecimal integers
3033@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3034A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3035more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3036
3037Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3038the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3039(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3040
3041@node Bignums
3042@subsubsection Bignums
3043
3044@cindex bignums
3045@cindex constants, bignum
3046A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3047except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3048represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3049integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3050
3051@node Flonums
3052@subsubsection Flonums
3053@cindex flonums
3054@cindex floating point numbers
3055@cindex constants, floating point
3056
3057@cindex precision, floating point
3058A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3059indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3060@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3061sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3062to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3063portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3064
3065A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3066@itemize @bullet
3067@item
3068The digit @samp{0}.
3069@ifset HPPA
3070(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3071@end ifset
3072
3073@item
a4fb0134 3074A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3075@ifset GENERIC
3076@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3077@ignore
3078@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3079(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30804.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3081@end ignore
3082
7be1c489 3083On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3084and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3085one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3086
3087On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3088(in upper or lower case).
3089
3090On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3091one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3092
3093On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3094@end ifset
3095@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3096@ifset ARC
3097One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3098@end ifset
3099@ifset H8
3100One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3101@end ifset
3102@ifset HPPA
3103The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3104@end ifset
3105@ifset I960
3106One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3107@end ifset
3108@end ifclear
3109
3110@item
3111An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3112
3113@item
3114An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3115
3116@item
3117An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3118or more decimal digits.
3119
3120@item
3121An optional exponent, consisting of:
3122
3123@itemize @bullet
3124@item
3125An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3126@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3127@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3128@item
3129Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3130@item
3131One or more decimal digits.
3132@end itemize
3133
3134@end itemize
3135
3136At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3137present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3138
a4fb0134 3139@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3140independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3141@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3142
3143@ifclear GENERIC
3144@ifset I960
3145@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3146@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3147@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3148@node Bit Fields
3149@subsubsection Bit Fields
3150
3151@cindex bit fields
3152@cindex constants, bit field
3153You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3154Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3155@example
3156@var{mask}:@var{value}
3157@end example
3158@noindent
a4fb0134 3159@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3160@var{value}.
3161
3162The resulting number is then packed
3163@ifset GENERIC
3164@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3165(in host-dependent byte order)
3166@end ifset
3167into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3168bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3169requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3170more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3171least significant digits.@refill
3172
3173The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3174@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3175@end ifset
3176@end ifclear
3177
3178@node Sections
3179@chapter Sections and Relocation
3180@cindex sections
3181@cindex relocation
3182
3183@menu
3184* Secs Background:: Background
3185* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3186* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3187* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3188* bss:: bss Section
3189@end menu
3190
3191@node Secs Background
3192@section Background
3193
3194Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3195``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3196For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3197
3198@cindex linker, and assembler
3199@cindex assembler, and linker
3200The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3201combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3202emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3203@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3204different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3205oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3206sections.
3207
3208@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3209addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3210units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3211within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3212run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3213the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3214the proper run-time addresses.
3215@ifset H8
7be1c489 3216For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3217@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3218ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3219@end ifset
3220
3221@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3222An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3223of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3224@dfn{bss} sections.
3225
c1253627 3226@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3227@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3228When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3229@end ifset
a4fb0134 3230@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3231using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3232If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3233or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3234@end ifset
3235
3236@ifset HPPA
3237@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3238When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3239@end ifset
a4fb0134 3240@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3241specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3242@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3243(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3244assembler directives.
3245
3246@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3247Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3248text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3249is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3250BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3251@end ifset
3252@end ifset
3253
3254Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3255data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3256
3257@ifset HPPA
3258When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3259section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3260@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3261@end ifset
3262
3263To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3264relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3265object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3266@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3267file is mentioned:
3268@itemize @bullet
3269@item
3270Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3271an address?
3272@item
3273How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3274@item
3275Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3276@display
3277(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3278@end display
3279@item
3280Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3281@end itemize
3282
3283@cindex addresses, format of
3284@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3285In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3286@display
3287(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3288@end display
3289@noindent
a4fb0134 3290Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3291nature.
3292@ifset SOM
3293(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3294symbol-relative instead.)
3295@end ifset
3296
3297In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3298@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3299
3300Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3301@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3302addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3303@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3304@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3305data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3306their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3307part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3308address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3309
3310The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3311address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3312rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3313Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3314address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3315common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3316time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3317
3318By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3319the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3320sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3321customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3322the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3323data and bss sections.
3324
3325Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3326use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3327
3328@node Ld Sections
3329@section Linker Sections
3330@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3331
3332@table @strong
3333
c1253627 3334@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3335@cindex named sections
3336@cindex sections, named
3337@item named sections
3338@end ifset
3339@ifset aout-bout
3340@cindex text section
3341@cindex data section
3342@itemx text section
3343@itemx data section
3344@end ifset
a4fb0134 3345These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3346separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3347true of another.
3348@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3349When the program is running, however, it is
3350customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3351text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3352instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3353program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3354in the data section.
c1253627 3355@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3356
3357@cindex bss section
3358@item bss section
3359This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3360is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3361each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3362out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3363bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3364those explicit zeros from object files.
3365
3366@cindex absolute section
3367@item absolute section
3368Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3369This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3370not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3371addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3372
3373@cindex undefined section
3374@item undefined section
3375This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3376the preceding sections.
3377@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3378@end table
3379
3380@cindex relocation example
3381An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3382@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3383The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3384@end ifset
3385Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3386
3387@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3388@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3389@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3390@smallexample
3391 +-----+----+--+
3392partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3393 +-----+----+--+
3394
3395 text data bss
3396 seg. seg. seg.
3397
3398 +---+---+---+
3399partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3400 +---+---+---+
3401
3402 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3403linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3404 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3405
3406 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3407@end smallexample
3408@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3409@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3410@need 5000
3411@tex
c1253627 3412\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3413\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3414\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3415\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3416
3417\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3418\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3419\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3420
3421\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3422\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3423\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3424ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3425DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3426
3427\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3428\line{0\dots\hfil}
3429
3430@end tex
3431@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3432
3433@node As Sections
3434@section Assembler Internal Sections
3435
3436@cindex internal assembler sections
3437@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3438These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3439have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3440sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3441warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3442meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3443value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3444section-relative address.
3445
3446@table @b
3447@cindex assembler internal logic error
3448@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3449An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3450bug in the assembler.
3451
3452@cindex expr (internal section)
3453@item expr section
3454The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3455symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3456it in the expr section.
3457@c FIXME item debug
3458@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3459@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3460@c FIXME item register
3461@end table
3462
3463@node Sub-Sections
3464@section Sub-Sections
3465
3466@cindex numbered subsections
3467@cindex grouping data
3468@ifset aout-bout
3469Assembled bytes
c1253627 3470@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3471conventionally
3472@end ifset
3473fall into two sections: text and data.
3474@end ifset
3475You may have separate groups of
3476@ifset GENERIC
3477data in named sections
3478@end ifset
3479@ifclear GENERIC
3480@ifclear aout-bout
3481data in named sections
3482@end ifclear
3483@ifset aout-bout
3484text or data
3485@end ifset
3486@end ifclear
3487that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3488are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3489use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3490numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3491same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3492subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3493section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3494assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3495section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3496constants being output.
3497
3498Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3499goes in subsection number zero.
3500
3501@ifset GENERIC
3502Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3503(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3504of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3505@end ifset
3506@ifclear GENERIC
3507@ifset H8
7be1c489 3508On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3509boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3510The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3511@end ifset
3512@ifset I960
3513@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3514@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3515@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3516@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3517@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3518@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3519@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3520@end ifclear
3521
3522Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3523to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3524The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3525other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3526They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3527data subsections as a data section.
3528
3529To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3530into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3531@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3532@ifset COFF
252b5132 3533@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3534When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3535@end ifset
3536@ifclear GENERIC
3537You
3538@end ifclear
3539can also use an extra subsection
3540argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3541@var{expression}}.
3542@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3543@ifset ELF
3544@ifset GENERIC
3545When generating ELF output, you
3546@end ifset
3547@ifclear GENERIC
3548You
3549@end ifclear
3550can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3551to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3552@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3553@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3554(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3555is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3556begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3557@smallexample
3558.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3559.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3560.text 1
3561.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3562.data 0
3563.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3564.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3565.text 0
3566.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3567.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3568@end smallexample
3569
3570Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3571assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3572restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3573counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3574@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3575current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3576assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3577
3578@node bss
3579@section bss Section
3580
3581@cindex bss section
3582@cindex common variable storage
3583The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3584You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3585not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3586your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3587section are zeroed bytes.
3588
3589The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3590@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3591
3592The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3593another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3594
3595@ifset GENERIC
3596When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3597COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3598see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3599section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3600@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3601@end ifset
3602
3603@node Symbols
3604@chapter Symbols
3605
3606@cindex symbols
3607Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3608things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3609to debug.
3610
3611@quotation
3612@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3613@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3614the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3615@end quotation
3616
3617@menu
3618* Labels:: Labels
3619* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3620* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3621* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3622* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3623@end menu
3624
3625@node Labels
3626@section Labels
3627
3628@cindex labels
3629A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3630@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3631active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3632operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3633different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3634definitions.
3635
3636@ifset HPPA
3637On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3638colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3639a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3640provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3641@end ifset
3642
3643@node Setting Symbols
3644@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3645
3646@cindex assigning values to symbols
3647@cindex symbol values, assigning
3648A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3649by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3650(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3651directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3652equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3653@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3654
f8739b83
JZ
3655@ifset Blackfin
3656Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3657@end ifset
3658
252b5132
RH
3659@node Symbol Names
3660@section Symbol Names
3661
3662@cindex symbol names
3663@cindex names, symbol
3664@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3665Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3666machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3667noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3668string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3669particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3670@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3671@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3672@ifset H8
3673Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3674Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3675character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3676on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3677@end ifset
3678@end ifset
3679
3680Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3681than @code{Foo}.
3682
ed1fcdd1
NC
3683Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3684Local Labels. See below.
3685
7bfd842d
NC
3686Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3687multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3688@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3689currently supported.
3690
252b5132
RH
3691Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3692refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3693in a program.
3694
3695@subheading Local Symbol Names
3696
3697@cindex local symbol names
3698@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3699A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3700By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3701@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3702set of local label prefixes.
3703@ifset HPPA
3704On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3705@end ifset
3706
3707Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3708normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3709You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3710to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3711
3712@subheading Local Labels
3713
3714@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3715@cindex temporary symbol names
3716@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3717Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3718programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3719be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3720referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3721the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3722To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3723@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3724to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3725stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3726
3727There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3728too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3729the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3730defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3731definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3732noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3733implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3734
3735Here is an example:
3736
3737@smallexample
37381: branch 1f
37392: branch 1b
37401: branch 2f
37412: branch 1b
3742@end smallexample
3743
3744Which is the equivalent of:
3745
3746@smallexample
3747label_1: branch label_3
3748label_2: branch label_1
3749label_3: branch label_4
3750label_4: branch label_3
3751@end smallexample
3752
ba83aca1 3753Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3754transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3755The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3756are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3757these parts:
252b5132
RH
3758
3759@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3760@item @emph{local label prefix}
3761All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3762Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3763that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3764used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3765@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3766object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3767you may use them in debugging.
3768
2d5aaba0
NC
3769@item @var{number}
3770This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3771label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3772
2d5aaba0
NC
3773@item @kbd{C-B}
3774This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3775of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3776
3777@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3778This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3779@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3780number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3781the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3782@end table
3783
ba83aca1
BW
3784So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3785the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3786
3787@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3788@cindex dollar local symbols
3789
ed1fcdd1
NC
3790On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3791local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3792become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3793valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3794by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3795by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3796
3797Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3798except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3799@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3800
3801They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3802names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3803to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3804@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3805
3806@node Dot
3807@section The Special Dot Symbol
3808
3809@cindex dot (symbol)
3810@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3811@cindex current address
3812@cindex location counter
3813The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3814@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3815.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3816Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3817directive.
252b5132 3818@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3819Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3820@samp{.space 4}.
3821@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3822
3823@node Symbol Attributes
3824@section Symbol Attributes
3825
3826@cindex symbol attributes
3827@cindex attributes, symbol
3828Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3829``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3830attributes.
3831@ifset INTERNALS
3832The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3833@end ifset
3834
a4fb0134 3835If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3836all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3837symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3838would want.
3839
3840@menu
3841* Symbol Value:: Value
3842* Symbol Type:: Type
3843@ifset aout-bout
3844@ifset GENERIC
3845* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3846@end ifset
3847@ifclear GENERIC
3848@ifclear BOUT
3849* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3850@end ifclear
3851@ifset BOUT
3852* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3853@end ifset
3854@end ifclear
3855@end ifset
3856@ifset COFF
3857* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3858@end ifset
3859@ifset SOM
3860* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3861@end ifset
3862@end menu
3863
3864@node Symbol Value
3865@subsection Value
3866
3867@cindex value of a symbol
3868@cindex symbol value
3869The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3870location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3871number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3872Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3873as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3874symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3875called absolute.
3876
3877The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38780 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3879@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3880same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3881name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3882common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3883bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3884allocated storage.
3885
3886@node Symbol Type
3887@subsection Type
3888
3889@cindex type of a symbol
3890@cindex symbol type
3891The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3892information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3893(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3894format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3895
3896@ifset aout-bout
3897@ifclear GENERIC
3898@ifset BOUT
3899@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3900@c better if it were available outside examples.
3901@need 1000
3902@node a.out Symbols
3903@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3904
3905@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3906@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3907These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3908one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3909@code{b.out}.
3910
3911@end ifset
3912@ifclear BOUT
3913@node a.out Symbols
3914@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3915
3916@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3917@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3918
3919@end ifclear
3920@end ifclear
3921@ifset GENERIC
3922@node a.out Symbols
3923@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3924
3925@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3926@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3927
3928@end ifset
3929@menu
3930* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3931* Symbol Other:: Other
3932@end menu
3933
3934@node Symbol Desc
3935@subsubsection Descriptor
3936
3937@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3938This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3939descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3940(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3941@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3942
3943@node Symbol Other
3944@subsubsection Other
3945
3946@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3947This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3948@end ifset
3949
3950@ifset COFF
3951@node COFF Symbols
3952@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3953
3954@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3955@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3956
3957The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3958like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3959@code{.endef} directives.
3960
3961@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3962
3963@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3964The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3965respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3966
3967@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3968
3969@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3970The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3971@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3972table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3973@end ifset
3974
3975@ifset SOM
3976@node SOM Symbols
3977@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3978
3979@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3980@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3981
3982The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3983the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3984
01642c12 3985The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3986Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3987@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3988@end ifset
3989
3990@node Expressions
3991@chapter Expressions
3992
3993@cindex expressions
3994@cindex addresses
3995@cindex numeric values
3996An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3997Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3998
3999The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4000a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4001enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4002section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4003the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4004@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4005
4006@menu
4007* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4008* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4009@end menu
4010
4011@node Empty Exprs
4012@section Empty Expressions
4013
4014@cindex empty expressions
4015@cindex expressions, empty
4016An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4017Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4018expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4019is compatible with other assemblers.
4020
4021@node Integer Exprs
4022@section Integer Expressions
4023
4024@cindex integer expressions
4025@cindex expressions, integer
4026An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4027by @emph{operators}.
4028
4029@menu
4030* Arguments:: Arguments
4031* Operators:: Operators
4032* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4033* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4034@end menu
4035
4036@node Arguments
4037@subsection Arguments
4038
4039@cindex expression arguments
4040@cindex arguments in expressions
4041@cindex operands in expressions
4042@cindex arithmetic operands
4043@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4044contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4045this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4046the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4047expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4048instruction operands.
4049
4050Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4051@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4052or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4053integer.
4054
4055Numbers are usually integers.
4056
4057A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4058that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4059these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4060instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4061assemblers.
4062
4063@cindex subexpressions
4064Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4065expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4066operator followed by an argument.
4067
4068@node Operators
4069@subsection Operators
4070
4071@cindex operators, in expressions
4072@cindex arithmetic functions
4073@cindex functions, in expressions
4074@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4075operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4076between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4077whitespace.
4078
4079@node Prefix Ops
4080@subsection Prefix Operator
4081
4082@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4083@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4084one argument, which must be absolute.
4085
4086@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4087@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4088@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4089@tex
4090\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4091@end tex
4092
4093@table @code
4094@item -
4095@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4096@item ~
4097@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4098@end table
4099
4100@tex
4101\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4102@end tex
4103
4104@node Infix Ops
4105@subsection Infix Operators
4106
4107@cindex infix operators
4108@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4109@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4110have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4111to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4112absolute, and the result is absolute.
4113
4114@enumerate
4115@cindex operator precedence
4116@cindex precedence of operators
4117
4118@item
4119Highest Precedence
4120
4121@table @code
4122@item *
4123@dfn{Multiplication}.
4124
4125@item /
4126@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4127
4128@item %
4129@dfn{Remainder}.
4130
d1eac9d9 4131@item <<
252b5132
RH
4132@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4133
d1eac9d9 4134@item >>
252b5132
RH
4135@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4136@end table
4137
4138@item
4139Intermediate precedence
4140
4141@table @code
4142@item |
4143
4144@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4145
4146@item &
4147@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4148
4149@item ^
4150@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4151
4152@item !
4153@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4154@end table
4155
4156@item
b131d4dc 4157Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4158
4159@table @code
4160@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4161@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4162@cindex arguments for addition
4163@item +
4164@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4165the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4166sections.
4167
4168@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4169@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4170@cindex arguments for subtraction
4171@item -
4172@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4173result has the section of the left argument.
4174If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4175You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4176@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4177
4178@cindex comparison expressions
4179@cindex expressions, comparison
4180@item ==
4181@dfn{Is Equal To}
4182@item <>
723a8472 4183@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4184@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4185@item <
4186@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4187@item >
b131d4dc 4188@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4189@item >=
b131d4dc 4190@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4191@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4192@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4193
4194The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4195value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4196perform signed comparisons.
4197@end table
4198
4199@item Lowest Precedence
4200
4201@table @code
4202@item &&
4203@dfn{Logical And}.
4204
4205@item ||
4206@dfn{Logical Or}.
4207
4208These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4209expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4210value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4211or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4212
252b5132
RH
4213@end table
4214@end enumerate
4215
4216In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4217address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4218
4219@node Pseudo Ops
4220@chapter Assembler Directives
4221
4222@cindex directives, machine independent
4223@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4224@cindex machine independent directives
4225All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4226The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4227in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4228
4229This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4230target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4231@ifset GENERIC
4232Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4233@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4234@end ifset
4235@ifclear GENERIC
4236@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4237@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4238@end ifset
4239@end ifclear
4240
4241@menu
4242* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4243@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4244* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4245@end ifset
f0dc282c 4246
252b5132 4247* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4248* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4249* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4250* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4251* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4252* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4253* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4254* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4255* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4256* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4257@ifset COFF
4258* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4259@end ifset
4260@ifset aout-bout
4261* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4262@end ifset
4263@ifset COFF
4264* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4265@end ifset
f0dc282c 4266
252b5132
RH
4267* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4268* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4269* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4270* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4271* End:: @code{.end}
4272@ifset COFF
4273* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
252b5132
RH
4276* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4277* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4278* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4279* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4280* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4281* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4282* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4283* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4284* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4285* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4286* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4287* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4288* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4289* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4290* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4291@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4292* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4293* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4294@end ifset
f0dc282c 4295
252b5132
RH
4296* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4297* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4298* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4299* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4300* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4301* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4302@ifset ELF
4303* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4304@end ifset
f0dc282c 4305
252b5132
RH
4306* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4307* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4308* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4309* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4310@ifclear no-line-dir
4311* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4312@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4313
252b5132
RH
4314* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4315* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4316* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4317* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4318* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4319@ifset ELF
4320* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4321@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4322
252b5132
RH
4323* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4324@ignore
4325* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4326@end ignore
f0dc282c 4327
252b5132
RH
4328* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4329* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4330* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4331* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4332* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4333* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4334* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4335* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4336@ifset ELF
4337* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4338* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4339@end ifset
f0dc282c 4340
252b5132 4341* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4342@ifset ELF
4343* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4344@end ifset
f0dc282c 4345
252b5132
RH
4346* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4347* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4348@ifset ELF
4349* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4350@end ifset
f0dc282c 4351
252b5132 4352* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4353* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4354* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4355* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4356@ifset COFF
4357* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4358@end ifset
4359@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4360* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4361@end ifset
f0dc282c 4362
252b5132
RH
4363* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4364* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4365* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4366@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4367* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4368@end ifset
884f0d36 4369@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4370* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4371@end ifclear
4372
252b5132 4373* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4374@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4375* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4376@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4377@ifset have-stabs
4378* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4379@end ifset
f0dc282c 4380
38a57ae7 4381* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4382* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4383@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4384* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4385* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4386@end ifset
f0dc282c 4387
252b5132
RH
4388@ifset COFF
4389* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4390@end ifset
f0dc282c 4391
252b5132
RH
4392* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4393* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4394@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4395* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4396@end ifset
4397
c91d2e08 4398* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4399@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4400* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4401@end ifset
f0dc282c 4402
2e13b764 4403@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4404* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4405* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4406* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4407@end ifset
f0dc282c 4408
d190d046 4409* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4410* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4411* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4412* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4413@ifclear no-space-dir
4414* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4415@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4416* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4417@end menu
4418
4419@node Abort
4420@section @code{.abort}
4421
4422@cindex @code{abort} directive
4423@cindex stopping the assembly
4424This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4425compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4426assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4427of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4428quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4429
4430@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4431@node ABORT (COFF)
4432@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4433
4434@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4435When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4436synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4437
4438@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4439When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4440but ignores it.
4441@end ifset
4442@end ifset
4443
4444@node Align
4445@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4446
4447@cindex padding the location counter
4448@cindex @code{align} directive
4449Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4450boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4451required, as described below.
4452
4453The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4454padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4455padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4456marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4457with no-op instructions.
4458
4459The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4460it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4461directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4462specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4463fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4464required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4465with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4466
4467The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4468For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4469s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4470alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4471the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4472is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4473first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4474
9e9a9798 4475For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4476strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4477number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4478advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4479counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4480multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4481
4482This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4483native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4484GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4485described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4486architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4487
ccf8a69b
BW
4488@node Altmacro
4489@section @code{.altmacro}
4490Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4491
4492@ftable @code
4493@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4494One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4495generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4496replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4497replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4498separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4499define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4500
4501@item String delimiters
4502You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4503@code{"@var{string}"}:
4504
4505@table @code
4506@item '@var{string}'
4507You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4508
4509@item <@var{string}>
4510You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4511@end table
4512
4513@item single-character string escape
4514To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4515character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4516character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4517write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4518
4519@item Expression results as strings
4520You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4521and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4522@end ftable
4523
252b5132
RH
4524@node Ascii
4525@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4526
4527@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4528@cindex string literals
4529@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4530separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4531trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4532
4533@node Asciz
4534@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4535
4536@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4537@cindex zero-terminated strings
4538@cindex null-terminated strings
4539@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4540a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4541
4542@node Balign
4543@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4544
4545@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4546@cindex @code{balign} directive
4547Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4548storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4549alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4550the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4551is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4552
4553The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4554padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4555padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4556marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4557with no-op instructions.
4558
4559The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4560it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4561directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4562specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4563fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4564required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4565with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4566
4567@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4568@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4569The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4570@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4571pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4572fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45734,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4574filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4575the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4576undefined.
4577
fa94de6b 4578@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4579@section Bundle directives
4580@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4581@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4582@cindex bundle
4583@cindex instruction bundle
4584@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4585@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4586bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4587into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4588disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4589gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4590@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4591
4592For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4593certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4594instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4595@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4596chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4597effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4598instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4599that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4600end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4601starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4602instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4603
d3b47e2b 4604@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4605@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4606@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4607The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4608allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4609are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4610aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4611@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4612directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4613
4614@cindex bundle-locked
4615For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4616appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4617instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4618and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4619instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4620sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4621@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4622entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4623boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4624first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4625aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4626bundle size.
4627
d416e51d
RM
4628For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4629inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4630nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4631@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4632matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4633same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4634
252b5132
RH
4635@node Byte
4636@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4637
4638@cindex @code{byte} directive
4639@cindex integers, one byte
4640@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4641Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4642
54cfded0 4643@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4644@section CFI directives
4645@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4646@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4647@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4648should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4649If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4650if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4651To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4652directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4653
2f0c68f2
CM
4654On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4655by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4656
d3b47e2b 4657@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4658@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4659@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4660should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4661data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4662@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4663
01642c12 4664Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4665it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4666
d3b47e2b 4667@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4668@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4669@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4670unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4671@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4672
d3b47e2b 4673@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4674@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4675@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4676@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4677should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4678argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4679a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4680the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4681can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4682The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4683no personality routine.
4684
2f0c68f2
CM
4685@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4686@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4687@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4688defined in a compact unwinding format.
4689Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4690with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4691
4692@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4693@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4694@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4695used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4696@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4697in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4698Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4699with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4700
d3b47e2b 4701@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4702@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4703@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4704should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4705argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4706or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4707meaning that no LSDA is present.
4708
4709@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4710@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4711switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4712Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4713Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4714with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4715
4716The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4717so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4718referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4719in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4720by a section directive.
4721
4722The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4723The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4724@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4725
d3b47e2b 4726@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4727@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4728address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4729
d3b47e2b 4730@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4731@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4732now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4733remains the same.
4734
d3b47e2b 4735@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4736@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4737remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4738absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4739CFA address.
4740
d3b47e2b 4741@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4742Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4743value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4744
d3b47e2b 4745@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4746Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4747CFA.
54cfded0 4748
d3b47e2b 4749@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4750Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4751the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4752using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4753This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4754code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4755
d3b47e2b 4756@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4757Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4758
d3b47e2b 4759@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4760@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4761same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4762instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4763
d3b47e2b 4764@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4765From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4766
d3b47e2b 4767@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4768Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4769i.e. no restoration needed.
4770
d3b47e2b 4771@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4772First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4773then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4774everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4775the previous saved state.
4776
d3b47e2b 4777@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4778Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4779directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4780
d3b47e2b 4781@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4782Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4783
d3b47e2b 4784@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4785SPARC register window has been saved.
4786
d3b47e2b 4787@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4788Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4789might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4790opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4791
d3b47e2b 4792@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4793The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4794will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4795description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4796
4797The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4798limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4799mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4800by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4801or another register.
4802
ccf8a69b
BW
4803@node Comm
4804@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4805
ccf8a69b
BW
4806@cindex @code{comm} directive
4807@cindex symbol, common
4808@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4809common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4810of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4811definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4812allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4813absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4814the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4815using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4816
c1711530
DK
4817@ifset COFF-ELF
4818When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4819an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4820specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4821that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4822as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4823boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4824power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4825common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4826alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4827largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4828maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4829is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4830@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4831multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4832It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4833(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4834@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4835
ccf8a69b
BW
4836@ifset HPPA
4837The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4838@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4839@end ifset
07a53e5c 4840
252b5132
RH
4841@node Data
4842@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4843
4844@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4845@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4846end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4847absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4848to zero.
4849
4850@ifset COFF
4851@node Def
4852@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4853
4854@cindex @code{def} directive
4855@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4856@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4857Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4858definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4859@ifset BOUT
4860
a4fb0134 4861This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4862format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4863but ignored.
4864@end ifset
4865@end ifset
4866
4867@ifset aout-bout
4868@node Desc
4869@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4870
4871@cindex @code{desc} directive
4872@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4873@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4874This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4875to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4876
4877@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4878The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4879configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4880object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4881it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4882@end ifset
4883@end ifset
4884
4885@ifset COFF
4886@node Dim
4887@section @code{.dim}
4888
4889@cindex @code{dim} directive
4890@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4891@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4892This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4893information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4894@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4895@ifset BOUT
4896
4897@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4898@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4899ignores it.
4900@end ifset
4901@end ifset
4902
4903@node Double
4904@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4905
4906@cindex @code{double} directive
4907@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4908@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4909assembles floating point numbers.
4910@ifset GENERIC
4911The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4912@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4913@end ifset
4914@ifclear GENERIC
4915@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4916On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4917in @sc{ieee} format.
4918@end ifset
4919@end ifclear
4920
4921@node Eject
4922@section @code{.eject}
4923
4924@cindex @code{eject} directive
4925@cindex new page, in listings
4926@cindex page, in listings
4927@cindex listing control: new page
4928Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4929
4930@node Else
4931@section @code{.else}
4932
4933@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4934@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4935assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4936of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4937was false.
4938
3fd9f047
TW
4939@node Elseif
4940@section @code{.elseif}
4941
4942@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4943@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4944assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4945@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4946
252b5132
RH
4947@node End
4948@section @code{.end}
4949
4950@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4951@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4952process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4953
4954@ifset COFF
4955@node Endef
4956@section @code{.endef}
4957
4958@cindex @code{endef} directive
4959This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4960@code{.def}.
4961@ifset BOUT
4962
4963@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4964@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4965directive but ignores it.
4966@end ifset
4967@end ifset
4968
4969@node Endfunc
4970@section @code{.endfunc}
4971@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4972@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4973
4974@node Endif
4975@section @code{.endif}
4976
4977@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4978@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4979it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4980conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4981
4982@node Equ
4983@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4984
4985@cindex @code{equ} directive
4986@cindex assigning values to symbols
4987@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4988This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4989It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4990
4991@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4992The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4993@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4994@end ifset
4995
3c9b82ba 4996@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4997The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4998@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4999On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5000but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5001Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5002@end ifset
5003
252b5132
RH
5004@node Equiv
5005@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5006@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5007The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5008the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5009symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5010undefined.
252b5132 5011
01642c12 5012Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5013@smallexample
5014.ifdef SYM
5015.err
5016.endif
5017.equ SYM,VAL
5018@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5019plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5020
5021@node Eqv
5022@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5023@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5024The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5025evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5026the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5027value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5028
5029@node Err
5030@section @code{.err}
5031@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5032If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5033message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5034object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5035
d190d046
HPN
5036@node Error
5037@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5038@cindex error directive
5039
5040Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5041string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5042message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5043@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5044
5045@smallexample
5046 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5047@end smallexample
5048
252b5132
RH
5049@node Exitm
5050@section @code{.exitm}
5051Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5052
5053@node Extern
5054@section @code{.extern}
5055
5056@cindex @code{extern} directive
5057@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5058with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5059all undefined symbols as external.
5060
5061@node Fail
5062@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5063
5064@cindex @code{fail} directive
5065Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5066or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5067than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5068include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5069complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5070
252b5132 5071@node File
14082c76 5072@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5073@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5074
5075@ifclear no-file-dir
5076There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5077that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5078@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5079
5080@subheading Default Version
5081
252b5132
RH
5082@cindex logical file name
5083@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5084This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5085are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5086
5087@smallexample
5088.file @var{string}
5089@end smallexample
5090
5091@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5092recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5093to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5094statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5095old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5096
5097@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5098@end ifclear
5099
14082c76
BW
5100When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5101to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5102
5103@smallexample
5104.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5105@end smallexample
5106
5107The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5108index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5109literal.
5110
5111The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5112table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5113information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5114entries will have.
5115
252b5132
RH
5116@node Fill
5117@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5118
5119@cindex @code{fill} directive
5120@cindex writing patterns in memory
5121@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5122@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5123This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5124may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5125more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5126other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5127is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5128zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5129byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5130Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5131@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5132compatible with other people's assemblers.
5133
5134@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5135If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5136assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5137@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5138
5139@node Float
5140@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5141
5142@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5143@cindex @code{float} directive
5144This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5145has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5146@ifset GENERIC
5147The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5148@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5149@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5150@end ifset
5151@ifclear GENERIC
5152@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5153On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5154in @sc{ieee} format.
5155@end ifset
5156@end ifclear
5157
5158@node Func
5159@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5160@cindex @code{func} directive
5161@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5162is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5163Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5164@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5165prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5166@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5167All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5168The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5169
5170@node Global
5171@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5172
5173@cindex @code{global} directive
5174@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5175@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5176@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5177other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5178@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5179from another file linked into the same program.
5180
5181Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5182compatibility with other assemblers.
5183
5184@ifset HPPA
5185On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5186partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5187@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5188@end ifset
5189
c91d2e08 5190@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5191@node Gnu_attribute
5192@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5193Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5194
c91d2e08
NC
5195@node Hidden
5196@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5197
c1253627
NC
5198@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5199@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5200This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5201@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5202@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5203
5204This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5205their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5206@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5207Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5208@end ifset
5209
252b5132
RH
5210@node hword
5211@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5212
5213@cindex @code{hword} directive
5214@cindex integers, 16-bit
5215@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5216@cindex sixteen bit integers
5217This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5218a 16 bit number for each.
5219
5220@ifset GENERIC
5221This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5222architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5223@end ifset
5224@ifclear GENERIC
5225@ifset W32
5226This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5227@end ifset
5228@ifset W16
5229This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5230@end ifset
5231@end ifclear
5232
5233@node Ident
5234@section @code{.ident}
5235
5236@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5237
5238This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5239behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5240a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5241source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5242for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5243@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5244emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5245
5246@node If
5247@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5248
5249@cindex conditional assembly
5250@cindex @code{if} directive
5251@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5252considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5253(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5254the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5255(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5256alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5257If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5258nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5259
5260The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5261@table @code
5262@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5263@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5264Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5265has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5266is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5267
26aca5f6
JB
5268@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5269@item .ifb @var{text}
5270Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5271
252b5132
RH
5272@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5273@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5274Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5275strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5276the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5277end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5278string comparison is case sensitive.
5279
5280@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5281@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5282Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5283
5284@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5285@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5286Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5287
5288@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5289@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5290Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5291equal to zero.
5292
5293@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5294@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5295Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5296
5297@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5298@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5299Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5300to zero.
5301
5302@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5303@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5304Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5305
26aca5f6
JB
5306@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5307@item .ifnb @var{text}
5308Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5309following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5310
252b5132
RH
5311@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5312@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5313Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5314following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5315
5316@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5317@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5318@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5319@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5320Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5321has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5322which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5323
5324@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5325@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5326Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5327(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5328
5329@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5330@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5331Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5332following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5333@end table
5334
7e005732
NC
5335@node Incbin
5336@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5337
5338@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5339@cindex binary files, including
5340The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5341location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5342option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5343around @var{file}.
5344
5345The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5346@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5347read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5348responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5349after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5350
252b5132
RH
5351@node Include
5352@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5353
5354@cindex @code{include} directive
5355@cindex supporting files, including
5356@cindex files, including
5357This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5358points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5359if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5360included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5361can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5362(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5363around @var{file}.
5364
5365@node Int
5366@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5367
5368@cindex @code{int} directive
5369@cindex integers, 32-bit
5370Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5371For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5372expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5373of target the assembly is for.
5374
5375@ifclear GENERIC
5376@ifset H8
7be1c489 5377On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5378integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
537932-bit integers.
5380@end ifset
5381@end ifclear
5382
c91d2e08
NC
5383@ifset ELF
5384@node Internal
5385@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5386
c1253627
NC
5387@cindex @code{internal} directive
5388@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5389This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5390@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5391@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5392
5393This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5394their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5395@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5396(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5397processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5398@end ifset
5399
252b5132
RH
5400@node Irp
5401@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5402
5403@cindex @code{irp} directive
5404Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5405The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5406terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5407set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5408@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5409@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5410sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5411
5412For example, assembling
5413
5414@example
5415 .irp param,1,2,3
5416 move d\param,sp@@-
5417 .endr
5418@end example
5419
5420is equivalent to assembling
5421
5422@example
5423 move d1,sp@@-
5424 move d2,sp@@-
5425 move d3,sp@@-
5426@end example
5427
96e9638b 5428For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5429
252b5132
RH
5430@node Irpc
5431@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5432
5433@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5434Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5435The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5436terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5437@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5438assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5439assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5440@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5441
5442For example, assembling
5443
5444@example
5445 .irpc param,123
5446 move d\param,sp@@-
5447 .endr
5448@end example
5449
5450is equivalent to assembling
5451
5452@example
5453 move d1,sp@@-
5454 move d2,sp@@-
5455 move d3,sp@@-
5456@end example
5457
5e75c3ab
JB
5458For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5459at @xref{Macro}.
5460
252b5132
RH
5461@node Lcomm
5462@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5463
5464@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5465@cindex local common symbols
5466@cindex symbols, local common
5467Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5468denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5469those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5470section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5471is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5472not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5473
5474@ifset GENERIC
5475Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5476argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5477@end ifset
5478
5479@ifset HPPA
5480The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5481@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5482@end ifset
5483
5484@node Lflags
5485@section @code{.lflags}
5486
5487@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5488@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5489assemblers, but ignores it.
5490
5491@ifclear no-line-dir
5492@node Line
5493@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5494
5495@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5496@cindex logical line number
5497@ifset aout-bout
5498Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5499expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5500statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5501reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5502@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5503for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5504@end ifset
5505
252b5132 5506Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5507@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5508when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5509were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5510@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5511
5512Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5513used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5514debugging.
5515@end ifclear
5516
5517@node Linkonce
5518@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5519@cindex COMDAT
5520@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5521@cindex common sections
5522Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5523This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5524but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5525The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5526Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5527unique.
5528
5529This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5530writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5531Executable format used on Windows NT.
5532
5533The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5534following strings. For example:
5535@smallexample
5536.linkonce same_size
5537@end smallexample
5538Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5539
5540@table @code
5541@item discard
5542Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5543
5544@item one_only
5545Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5546
5547@item same_size
5548Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5549
5550@item same_contents
5551Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5552@end table
5553
ccf8a69b
BW
5554@node List
5555@section @code{.list}
5556
5557@cindex @code{list} directive
5558@cindex listing control, turning on
5559Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5560not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5561internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5562counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5563generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5564
5565By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5566@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5567the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5568
252b5132
RH
5569@node Ln
5570@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5571
5572@cindex @code{ln} directive
5573@ifclear no-line-dir
5574@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5575@end ifclear
5576@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5577Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5578must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5579line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5580statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5581line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5582@ifset BOUT
5583
a4fb0134 5584This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5585configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5586output format.
5587@end ifset
5588@end ifset
5589
ccf8a69b
BW
5590@node Loc
5591@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5592@cindex @code{loc} directive
5593When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5594the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5595number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5596instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5597arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5598the row is added.
252b5132 5599
ccf8a69b
BW
5600The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5601
5602@table @code
5603@item basic_block
5604This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5605@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5606
5607@item prologue_end
5608This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5609@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5610
5611@item epilogue_begin
5612This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5613@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5614
5615@item is_stmt @var{value}
5616This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5617@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5618either 0 or 1.
5619
5620@item isa @var{value}
5621This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5622state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5623
92846e72
CC
5624@item discriminator @var{value}
5625This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5626state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5627
ccf8a69b
BW
5628@end table
5629
5630@node Loc_mark_labels
5631@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5632@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5633When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5634the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5635to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5636register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5637The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5638this function respectively.
252b5132 5639
4d4175af
BW
5640@ifset ELF
5641@node Local
5642@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5643
5644@cindex @code{local} directive
5645This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5646the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5647will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5648they will be created.
5649
5650For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5651accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5652the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5653(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5654@end ifset
5655
252b5132
RH
5656@node Long
5657@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5658
5659@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5660@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5661
5662@ignore
5663@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5664@c what it really ought to do
5665@node Lsym
5666@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5667
5668@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5669@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5670@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5671the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5672rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5673the same as the expression value:
5674@smallexample
5675@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5676@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5677@var{value} = @var{expression}
5678@end smallexample
5679@noindent
5680The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5681@end ignore
5682
5683@node Macro
5684@section @code{.macro}
5685
5686@cindex macros
5687The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5688generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5689@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5690
5691@example
5692 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5693 .long \from
5694 .if \to-\from
5695 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5696 .endif
5697 .endm
5698@end example
5699
5700@noindent
5701With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5702
5703@example
5704 .long 0
5705 .long 1
5706 .long 2
5707 .long 3
5708 .long 4
5709 .long 5
5710@end example
5711
5712@ftable @code
5713@item .macro @var{macname}
5714@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5715@cindex @code{macro} directive
5716Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5717definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5718separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5719indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5720@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5721(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5722macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5723cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5724subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5725definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5726
5727@table @code
5728@item .macro comm
5729Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5730arguments.
5731
6258339f 5732@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5733@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5734Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5735which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5736@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5737
5738@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5739Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5740arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5741After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5742@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5743@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5744,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5745@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5746
6eaeac8a
JB
5747@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5748Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5749arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5750not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5751will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5752
252b5132
RH
5753When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5754position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5755@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5756
6258339f
NC
5757@end table
5758
5e75c3ab
JB
5759Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5760as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5761occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5762characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5763(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5764architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5765character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5766replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5767construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5768identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5769this macro definition:
5770
5771@example
5772 .macro label l
5773\l:
5774 .endm
5775@end example
5776
5777might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5778called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5779assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5780identifier.
5781
5782Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5783which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5784for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5785length specifier like this:
5786
5787@example
5788 .macro opcode base length
5789 \base.\length
5790 .endm
5791@end example
5792
5793and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5794instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5795interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5796
5797There are several possible ways around this problem:
5798
5799@table @code
5800@item Insert white space
5801If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5802solution. eg:
5803
5804@example
5805 .macro label l
5806\l :
5807 .endm
5808@end example
5809
5810@item Use @samp{\()}
5811The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5812the following text. eg:
5813
5814@example
5815 .macro opcode base length
5816 \base\().\length
5817 .endm
5818@end example
5819
5820@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5821In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5822used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5823
5824@example
5825 .altmacro
5826 .macro label l
5827l&:
5828 .endm
5829@end example
6258339f 5830@end table
5e75c3ab 5831
96e9638b 5832Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5833also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5834and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5835
252b5132
RH
5836@item .endm
5837@cindex @code{endm} directive
5838Mark the end of a macro definition.
5839
5840@item .exitm
5841@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5842Exit early from the current macro definition.
5843
5844@cindex number of macros executed
5845@cindex macros, count executed
5846@item \@@
a4fb0134 5847@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5848executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5849output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5850
252b5132
RH
5851@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5852@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5853macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5854@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5855@end ftable
252b5132 5856
ccf8a69b
BW
5857@node MRI
5858@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5859
ccf8a69b
BW
5860@cindex @code{mri} directive
5861@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5862If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5863@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5864affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5865of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5866
caa32fe5
NC
5867@node Noaltmacro
5868@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5869Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5870
252b5132
RH
5871@node Nolist
5872@section @code{.nolist}
5873
5874@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5875@cindex listing control, turning off
5876Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5877not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5878internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5879counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5880generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5881
5882@node Octa
5883@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5884
5885@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5886@cindex @code{octa} directive
5887@cindex integer, 16-byte
5888@cindex sixteen byte integer
5889This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5890bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5891
5892The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5893hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5894
9aec2026
NC
5895@node Offset
5896@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5897
5898@cindex @code{offset} directive
5899Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5900be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5901symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5902directive.
9aec2026 5903
252b5132
RH
5904@node Org
5905@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5906
5907@cindex @code{org} directive
5908@cindex location counter, advancing
5909@cindex advancing location counter
5910@cindex current address, advancing
5911Advance the location counter of the current section to
5912@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5913expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5914you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5915wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5916with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5917@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5918is the same as the current subsection.
5919
5920@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5921unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5922backwards.
5923
5924@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5925@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5926@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5927Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5928may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5929a chance to share your improved assembler.
5930
5931Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5932to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5933people's assemblers.
5934
5935When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5936intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5937absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5938@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5939
5940@node P2align
5941@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5942
5943@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5944@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5945Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5946storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5947number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5948advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5949counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5950multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5951
5952The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5953padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5954padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5955marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5956with no-op instructions.
5957
5958The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5959it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5960directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5961specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5962fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5963required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5964with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5965
5966@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5967@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5968The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5969@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5970pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5971fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59722,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5973filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5974the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5975undefined.
5976
ccf8a69b
BW
5977@ifset ELF
5978@node PopSection
5979@section @code{.popsection}
5980
5981@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5982@cindex Section Stack
5983This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5984@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5985@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5986(@pxref{Previous}).
5987
5988This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5989section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5990stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5991@end ifset
5992
c91d2e08
NC
5993@ifset ELF
5994@node Previous
5995@section @code{.previous}
5996
c1253627 5997@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5998@cindex Section Stack
5999This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6000@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6001@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6002(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6003
6004This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6005referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6006@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6007subsections). For example:
6008
6009@smallexample
6010.section A
6011 .subsection 1
6012 .word 0x1234
6013 .subsection 2
6014 .word 0x5678
6015.previous
6016 .word 0x9abc
6017@end smallexample
6018
6019Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6020section A. Whilst:
6021
6022@smallexample
6023.section A
6024.subsection 1
6025 # Now in section A subsection 1
6026 .word 0x1234
6027.section B
6028.subsection 0
6029 # Now in section B subsection 0
6030 .word 0x5678
6031.subsection 1
6032 # Now in section B subsection 1
6033 .word 0x9abc
6034.previous
6035 # Now in section B subsection 0
6036 .word 0xdef0
6037@end smallexample
6038
6039Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6040section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6041
6042In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6043the top section on the section stack.
6044@end ifset
6045
252b5132
RH
6046@node Print
6047@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6048
6049@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6050@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6051assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6052
c91d2e08
NC
6053@ifset ELF
6054@node Protected
6055@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6056
c1253627
NC
6057@cindex @code{protected} directive
6058@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6059This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6060@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6061
6062This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6063their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6064@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6065components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6066component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6067this.
c91d2e08
NC
6068@end ifset
6069
252b5132
RH
6070@node Psize
6071@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6072
6073@cindex @code{psize} directive
6074@cindex listing control: paper size
6075@cindex paper size, for listings
6076Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6077number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6078
6079If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6080of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6081default width is 200 columns.
6082
a4fb0134 6083@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6084lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6085@code{.eject}).
6086
6087If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6088those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6089
6090@node Purgem
6091@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6092
6093@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6094Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6095expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6096
c91d2e08
NC
6097@ifset ELF
6098@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6099@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6100
c1253627 6101@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6102@cindex Section Stack
6103This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6104@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6105@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6106(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6107
e9863d7f
DJ
6108This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6109top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6110subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6111@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6112as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6113@end ifset
6114
252b5132
RH
6115@node Quad
6116@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6117
6118@cindex @code{quad} directive
6119@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6120each bignum, it emits
6121@ifclear bignum-16
6122an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6123warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6124@cindex eight-byte integer
6125@cindex integer, 8-byte
6126
6127The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6128hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6129@end ifclear
6130@ifset bignum-16
6131a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6132warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6133@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6134@cindex integer, 16-byte
6135@end ifset
6136
05e9452c
AM
6137@node Reloc
6138@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6139
6140@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6141Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6142@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6143the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6144symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6145@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6146absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6147targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6148relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6149section.
6150
252b5132
RH
6151@node Rept
6152@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6153
6154@cindex @code{rept} directive
6155Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6156@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6157
6158For example, assembling
6159
6160@example
6161 .rept 3
6162 .long 0
6163 .endr
6164@end example
6165
6166is equivalent to assembling
6167
6168@example
6169 .long 0
6170 .long 0
6171 .long 0
6172@end example
6173
6174@node Sbttl
6175@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6176
6177@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6178@cindex subtitles for listings
6179@cindex listing control: subtitle
6180Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6181title line) when generating assembly listings.
6182
6183This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6184it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6185
6186@ifset COFF
6187@node Scl
6188@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6189
6190@cindex @code{scl} directive
6191@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6192@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6193Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6194used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6195whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6196symbolic debugging information.
6197@ifset BOUT
6198
6199The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6200configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6201accepts this directive but ignores it.
6202@end ifset
6203@end ifset
6204
c1253627 6205@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6206@node Section
c1253627 6207@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6208
252b5132
RH
6209@cindex named section
6210Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6211named @var{name}.
6212
6213This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6214named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6215with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6216
c1253627
NC
6217@ifset COFF
6218@ifset ELF
6219@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6220@subheading COFF Version
6221@end ifset
6222
6223@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6224For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6225ways:
c91d2e08 6226
252b5132
RH
6227@smallexample
6228.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6229.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6230@end smallexample
6231
6232If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6233section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6234@table @code
6235@item b
6236bss section (uninitialized data)
6237@item n
6238section is not loaded
6239@item w
6240writable section
6241@item d
6242data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6243@item e
6244exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6245@item r
6246read-only section
6247@item x
6248executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6249@item s
6250shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6251@item a
6252ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6253@item y
6254section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6255@item 0-9
6256single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6257@end table
6258
6259If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6260the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6261loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6262from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6263will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6264
6265If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6266taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6267@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6268
6269@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6270@ifset COFF
6271@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6272@subheading ELF Version
6273@end ifset
6274
c91d2e08
NC
6275@cindex Section Stack
6276This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6277@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6278(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6279@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6280
c1253627 6281@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6282For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6283
252b5132 6284@smallexample
7047dd1e 6285.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6286@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6287
451133ce
NP
6288@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6289@kindex --sectname-subst
6290@cindex section name substitution
6291If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6292argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6293at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6294
6295@smallexample
6296.macro exception_code
6297.section %S.exception
6298[exception code here]
6299.previous
6300.endm
6301
6302.text
6303[code]
6304exception_code
6305[...]
6306
6307.section .init
6308[init code]
6309exception_code
6310[...]
6311@end smallexample
6312
6313The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6314@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6315This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6316tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6317need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6318macros just for that purpose.
6319
252b5132 6320The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6321combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6322@table @code
6323@item a
6324section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6325@item e
6326section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6327@item w
6328section is writable
6329@item x
6330section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6331@item M
6332section is mergeable
6333@item S
6334section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6335@item G
6336section is a member of a section group
6337@item T
6338section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6339@item ?
6340section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6341@end table
6342
6343The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6344@table @code
6345@item @@progbits
6346section contains data
6347@item @@nobits
6348section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6349@item @@note
6350section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6351@item @@init_array
6352section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6353@item @@fini_array
6354section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6355@item @@preinit_array
6356section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6357@end table
6358
10b016c2
PB
6359Many targets only support the first three section types.
6360
ececec60
NC
6361Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6362ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6363@code{%} character.
6364
22fe14ad 6365If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6366be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6367
6368@smallexample
6369.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6370@end smallexample
6371
6372Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6373constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6374@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6375@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6376the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6377absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6378which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6379@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6380@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6381
6382If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6383be present along with an additional field like this:
6384
6385@smallexample
6386.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6387@end smallexample
6388
6389The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6390particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6391@table @code
6392@item comdat
6393indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6394@item .gnu.linkonce
6395an alias for comdat
6396@end table
6397
96e9638b 6398Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6399the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6400
6401@smallexample
6402.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6403@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6404
01642c12
RM
6405If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6406@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6407present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6408this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6409@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6410If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6411
252b5132
RH
6412If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6413the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6414none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6415executable. The section will contain data.
6416
6417For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6418directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6419
252b5132
RH
6420@smallexample
6421.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6422@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6423
252b5132
RH
6424Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6425separated flags:
6426@table @code
6427@item #alloc
6428section is allocatable
6429@item #write
6430section is writable
6431@item #execinstr
6432section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6433@item #exclude
6434section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6435@item #tls
6436section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6437@end table
c91d2e08 6438
e9863d7f
DJ
6439This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6440contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6441some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6442work.
c1253627
NC
6443@end ifset
6444@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6445
6446@node Set
6447@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6448
6449@cindex @code{set} directive
6450@cindex symbol value, setting
6451Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6452changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6453@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6454flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6455
5d239759
NC
6456You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6457values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6458involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6459being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6460addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6461final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6462the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6463different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6464
6465If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6466file is the last value stored into it.
6467
3c9b82ba
NC
6468@ifset Z80
6469On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6470@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6471@end ifset
6472
252b5132
RH
6473@node Short
6474@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6475
6476@cindex @code{short} directive
6477@ifset GENERIC
6478@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6479@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6480
6481In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6482numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6483@end ifset
6484@ifclear GENERIC
6485@ifset W16
6486@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6487@end ifset
6488@ifset W32
6489This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6490a 16 bit number for each.
6491@end ifset
6492@end ifclear
6493
6494@node Single
6495@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6496
6497@cindex @code{single} directive
6498@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6499This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6500has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6501@ifset GENERIC
6502The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6503@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6504@end ifset
6505@ifclear GENERIC
6506@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6507On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6508numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6509@end ifset
6510@end ifclear
6511
c1253627 6512@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6513@node Size
c1253627 6514@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6515
c1253627
NC
6516This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6517
6518@ifset COFF
6519@ifset ELF
6520@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6521@subheading COFF Version
6522@end ifset
6523
6524@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6525For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6526@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6527
6528@smallexample
6529.size @var{expression}
6530@end smallexample
252b5132 6531
c91d2e08 6532@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6533@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6534@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6535ignores it.
6536@end ifset
c1253627 6537@end ifset
c91d2e08 6538
c1253627
NC
6539@ifset ELF
6540@ifset COFF
6541@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6542@subheading ELF Version
6543@end ifset
6544
6545@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6546For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6547
c1253627
NC
6548@smallexample
6549.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6550@end smallexample
6551
6552This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6553The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6554arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6555symbols.
c1253627
NC
6556@end ifset
6557@end ifset
252b5132 6558
252b5132
RH
6559@ifclear no-space-dir
6560@node Skip
6561@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6562
6563@cindex @code{skip} directive
6564@cindex filling memory
6565This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6566@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6567@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6568@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6569@end ifclear
252b5132 6570
ccf8a69b
BW
6571@node Sleb128
6572@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6573
6574@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6575@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6576compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6577symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6578
884f0d36 6579@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6580@node Space
6581@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6582
6583@cindex @code{space} directive
6584@cindex filling memory
6585This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6586@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6587and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6588as @samp{.skip}.
6589
6590@ifset HPPA
6591@quotation
6592@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6593targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6594Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6595@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6596for a summary.
6597@end quotation
6598@end ifset
6599@end ifclear
6600
252b5132
RH
6601@ifset have-stabs
6602@node Stab
6603@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6604
6605@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6606@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6607There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6608All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6609The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6610cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6611Up to five fields are required:
6612
6613@table @var
6614@item string
6615This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6616@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6617debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6618using this field.
6619
6620@item type
6621An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6622this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6623and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6624
6625@item other
6626An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6627low 8 bits of this expression.
6628
6629@item desc
6630An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6631bits of this expression.
6632
6633@item value
6634An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6635@end table
6636
6637If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6638or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6639you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6640compatible with earlier assemblers!
6641
6642@table @code
6643@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6644@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6645
6646The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6647It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6648null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6649strings.
6650
6651The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6652relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6653is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6654assembled.
6655
6656@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6657@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6658The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6659
6660@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6661@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6662All five fields are specified.
6663@end table
6664@end ifset
6665@c end have-stabs
6666
6667@node String
38a57ae7 6668@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6669"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6670
6671@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6672@cindex string8, copying to object file
6673@cindex string16, copying to object file
6674@cindex string32, copying to object file
6675@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6676@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6677@cindex @code{string8} directive
6678@cindex @code{string16} directive
6679@cindex @code{string32} directive
6680@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6681
6682Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6683one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6684particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6685You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6686
01642c12 6687The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6688the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6689copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6690are stored in target endianness byte order.
6691
6692Example:
6693@smallexample
6694 .string32 "BYE"
6695expands to:
6696 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6697 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6698@end smallexample
6699
6700
252b5132
RH
6701@node Struct
6702@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6703
6704@cindex @code{struct} directive
6705Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6706which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6707@smallexample
6708 .struct 0
6709field1:
6710 .struct field1 + 4
6711field2:
6712 .struct field2 + 4
6713field3:
6714@end smallexample
6715This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6716@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6717value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6718use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6719before further assembly.
6720
c91d2e08
NC
6721@ifset ELF
6722@node SubSection
6723@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6724
c1253627 6725@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6726@cindex Section Stack
6727This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6728@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6729@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6730(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6731
6732This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6733section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6734in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6735@end ifset
6736
252b5132
RH
6737@ifset ELF
6738@node Symver
6739@section @code{.symver}
6740@cindex @code{symver} directive
6741@cindex symbol versioning
6742@cindex versions of symbols
6743Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6744within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6745typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6746There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6747into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6748shared library.
6749
79082ff0 6750For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6751@smallexample
6752.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6753@end smallexample
339681c0 6754If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6755being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6756alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6757just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6758permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6759of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6760itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6761have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6762file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6763function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6764the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6765building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6766symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6767nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6768
6769If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6770references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6771reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6772symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6773
6774Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6775@smallexample
6776.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6777@end smallexample
6778In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6779the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6780difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6781references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6782
6783The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6784@smallexample
6785.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6786@end smallexample
6787When @var{name} is not defined within the
6788file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6789@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6790name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6791@end ifset
6792
6793@ifset COFF
6794@node Tag
6795@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6796
6797@cindex COFF structure debugging
6798@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6799@cindex @code{tag} directive
6800This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6801information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6802@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6803definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6804@ifset BOUT
6805
6806@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6807@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6808ignores it.
6809@end ifset
6810@end ifset
6811
6812@node Text
6813@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6814
6815@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6816Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6817the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6818expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6819is used.
6820
6821@node Title
6822@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6823
6824@cindex @code{title} directive
6825@cindex listing control: title line
6826Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6827source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6828
6829This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6830it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6831
c1253627 6832@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6833@node Type
c1253627
NC
6834@section @code{.type}
6835
6836This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6837
6838@ifset COFF
6839@ifset ELF
6840@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6841@subheading COFF Version
6842@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6843
6844@cindex COFF symbol type
6845@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6846@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6847For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6848@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6849
6850@smallexample
6851.type @var{int}
6852@end smallexample
6853
6854This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6855entry.
252b5132 6856
c91d2e08 6857@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6858@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6859@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6860directive but ignores it.
6861@end ifset
c1253627 6862@end ifset
c91d2e08 6863
c1253627
NC
6864@ifset ELF
6865@ifset COFF
6866@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6867@subheading ELF Version
6868@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6869
6870@cindex ELF symbol type
6871@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6872@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6873For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6874
6875@smallexample
6876.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6877@end smallexample
6878
6879This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6880function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6881supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6882compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6883
6884Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6885@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6886below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6887the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6888maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6889assemblers.
6890
6891The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6892
6893@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6894 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6895 .type <name>,#<type>
6896 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6897 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6898 .type <name>,"<type>"
6899@end smallexample
6900
6901The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6902
5671778d
NC
6903@table @gcctabopt
6904@item STT_FUNC
6905@itemx function
6906Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6907
d8045f23
NC
6908@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6909@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6910Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6911processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6912
5671778d
NC
6913@item STT_OBJECT
6914@itemx object
6915Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6916
6917@item STT_TLS
6918@itemx tls_object
6919Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6920
6921@item STT_COMMON
6922@itemx common
6923Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6924
6925@item STT_NOTYPE
6926@itemx notype
6927Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6928
3e7a7d11
NC
6929@item gnu_unique_object
6930Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6931will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6932name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6933systems).
3e7a7d11 6934
5671778d
NC
6935@end table
6936
6937Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6938
c1253627
NC
6939@end ifset
6940@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6941
6942@node Uleb128
6943@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6944
6945@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6946@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6947compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6948symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6949
6950@ifset COFF
6951@node Val
6952@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6953
6954@cindex @code{val} directive
6955@cindex COFF value attribute
6956@cindex value attribute, COFF
6957This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6958records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6959entry.
6960@ifset BOUT
6961
a4fb0134 6962@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6963configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6964@end ifset
6965@end ifset
6966
2e13b764 6967@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6968@node Version
6969@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6970
c1253627 6971@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6972This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6973formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6974@end ifset
2e13b764 6975
c91d2e08
NC
6976@ifset ELF
6977@node VTableEntry
6978@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6979
653cfe85 6980@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6981This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6982@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6983
c91d2e08
NC
6984@node VTableInherit
6985@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6986
653cfe85 6987@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6988This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6989@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6990parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6991parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6992@end ifset
2e13b764 6993
d190d046
HPN
6994@node Warning
6995@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6996@cindex warning directive
6997Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6998(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6999
c91d2e08
NC
7000@node Weak
7001@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7002
c1253627 7003@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7004This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7005@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7006
01642c12 7007On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7008directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7009@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7010
977cdf5a 7011On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7012When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7013alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7014
06e77878
AO
7015@node Weakref
7016@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7017
7018@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7019This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7020be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7021If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7022will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7023symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7024
7025The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7026assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7027symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7028resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7029had the references to the alias removed.
7030
7031The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7032within the assembler.
7033
252b5132
RH
7034@node Word
7035@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7036
7037@cindex @code{word} directive
7038This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7039separated by commas.
7040@ifclear GENERIC
7041@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7042For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7043@end ifset
7044@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7045For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7046@end ifset
7047@end ifclear
7048@ifset GENERIC
7049
7050The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7051depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7052@end ifset
7053
7054@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7055@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7056@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7057@cindex difference tables altered
7058@cindex altered difference tables
7059@quotation
7060@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7061@end quotation
7062
7063@ifset GENERIC
7064Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7065addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7066interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7067@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7068
7069@end ifset
7070In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7071@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7072Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7073compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7074directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7075@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7076creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7077This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7078first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7079of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7080table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7081contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7082@code{sym2}.
7083
7084If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7085secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7086@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7087long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7088and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7089minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7090entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7091
7092@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7093@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7094@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7095assembly language programmers.
7096@end ifset
7097@end ifset
7098@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7099
7ce98c16
NC
7100@ifclear no-space-dir
7101@node Zero
7102@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7103
7104@cindex @code{zero} directive
7105@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7106This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7107expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7108so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7109instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7110@end ifclear
7111
252b5132
RH
7112@node Deprecated
7113@section Deprecated Directives
7114
7115@cindex deprecated directives
7116@cindex obsolescent directives
7117One day these directives won't work.
7118They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7119@table @t
7120@item .abort
7121@item .line
7122@end table
7123
3a99f02f
DJ
7124@ifset ELF
7125@node Object Attributes
7126@chapter Object Attributes
7127@cindex object attributes
7128
7129@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7130into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7131Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7132point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7133requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7134passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7135hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7136generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7137newer generation at run-time.
7138
7139This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7140@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7141time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7142correctly.
7143
7144Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7145attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7146string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7147and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7148or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7149attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7150
7151Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7152The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7153
7154@menu
7155* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7156* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7157@end menu
7158
7159@node GNU Object Attributes
7160@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7161
7162The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7163with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7164
7165Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7166its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7167an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
71682} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7169architecture-dependent ones.
7170
7171@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7172
7173These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7174
7175@table @r
7176@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7177The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7178the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7179then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7180than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7181arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7182@end table
7183
7184@subsection MIPS Attributes
7185
7186@table @r
7187@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7188The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7189
7190@itemize @bullet
7191@item
71920 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7193@item
f179c512
MF
71941 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7195double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7196@item
71972 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7198@item
71993 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7200@item
f179c512
MF
72014 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7202floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7203number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7204@item
72055 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7206with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7207general-purpose registers.
7208@item
72096 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7210registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7211@item
72127 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7213registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7214direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7215@end itemize
7216@end table
7217
7218@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7219
7220@table @r
7221@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7222The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7223
7224@itemize @bullet
7225@item
72260 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7227@item
3c7b9897 72281 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7229@item
72302 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7231@item
72323 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7233@end itemize
7234
7235@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7236The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7237
7238@itemize @bullet
7239@item
72400 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7241@item
72421 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7243@item
72442 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7245@item
72463 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7247@end itemize
7248@end table
7249
643f7afb
AK
7250@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7251
7252@table @r
7253@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7254The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7255
7256@itemize @bullet
7257@item
72580 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7259@item
72601 for files using software vector ABI.
7261@item
72622 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7263@end itemize
7264@end table
7265
3a99f02f
DJ
7266@node Defining New Object Attributes
7267@section Defining New Object Attributes
7268
7269If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7270will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7271mailing list.
7272
7273@itemize @bullet
7274@item
7275This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7276@item
7277The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7278@item
7279The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7280and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7281@item
7282Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7283@item
7284@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7285@item
7286GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7287@end itemize
7288
7289@end ifset
7290
252b5132
RH
7291@ifset GENERIC
7292@node Machine Dependencies
7293@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7294
7295@cindex machine dependencies
7296The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7297each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7298vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7299directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7300assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7301@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7302optimization.
7303
7304This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7305include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7306subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7307
7308@menu
a06ea964
NC
7309@ifset AARCH64
7310* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7311@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7312@ifset ALPHA
7313* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7314@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7315@ifset ARC
7316* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7317@end ifset
7318@ifset ARM
7319* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7320@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7321@ifset AVR
7322* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7324@ifset Blackfin
7325* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7326@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7327@ifset CR16
7328* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
8bf549a8 7330@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7331* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7332@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7333@ifset D10V
7334* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7335@end ifset
7336@ifset D30V
7337* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7338@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7339@ifset EPIPHANY
7340* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7341@end ifset
252b5132 7342@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7343* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7344@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7345@ifset HPPA
7346* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7347@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7348@ifset I370
7349* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7350@end ifset
252b5132 7351@ifset I80386
55b62671 7352* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7353@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7354@ifset I860
7355* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7356@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7357@ifset I960
7358* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7359@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7360@ifset IA64
7361* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7362@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7363@ifset IP2K
7364* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7365@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7366@ifset LM32
7367* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7368@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7369@ifset M32C
7370* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7371@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7372@ifset M32R
7373* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7374@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7375@ifset M680X0
7376* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7377@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7378@ifset M68HC11
7379* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7380@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7381@ifset METAG
7382* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7383@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7384@ifset MICROBLAZE
7385* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7386@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7387@ifset MIPS
7388* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7389@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7390@ifset MMIX
7391* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7392@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7393@ifset MSP430
7394* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7395@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7396@ifset NDS32
7397* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7398@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7399@ifset NIOSII
7400* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7401@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7402@ifset NS32K
7403* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7404@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7405@ifset PDP11
7406* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7407@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7408@ifset PJ
7409* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7410@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7411@ifset PPC
7412* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7413@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7414@ifset RL78
7415* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7416@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7417@ifset RX
7418* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7419@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7420@ifset S390
7421* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7422@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7423@ifset SCORE
7424* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7425@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7426@ifset SH
7427* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7428* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7429@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7430@ifset SPARC
7431* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7432@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7433@ifset TIC54X
7434* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7435@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7436@ifset TIC6X
7437* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7438@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7439@ifset TILEGX
7440* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7441@end ifset
7442@ifset TILEPRO
7443* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7444@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7445@ifset V850
7446* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7447@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7448@ifset VAX
7449* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7450@end ifset
7451@ifset VISIUM
7452* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7453@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7454@ifset XGATE
7455* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7456@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7457@ifset XSTORMY16
7458* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7459@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7460@ifset XTENSA
7461* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7462@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7463@ifset Z80
7464* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7465@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7466@ifset Z8000
7467* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7468@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7469@end menu
7470
7471@lowersections
7472@end ifset
7473
7474@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7475@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7476@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7477@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7478@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7479@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7480@c in both conditional blocks.
7481
a06ea964
NC
7482@ifset AARCH64
7483@include c-aarch64.texi
7484@end ifset
7485
625e1353
RH
7486@ifset ALPHA
7487@include c-alpha.texi
7488@end ifset
7489
7490@ifset ARC
7491@include c-arc.texi
7492@end ifset
7493
252b5132
RH
7494@ifset ARM
7495@include c-arm.texi
7496@end ifset
7497
8473f7a4
DC
7498@ifset AVR
7499@include c-avr.texi
7500@end ifset
7501
3b4e1885 7502@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7503@include c-bfin.texi
7504@end ifset
7505
3d3d428f
NC
7506@ifset CR16
7507@include c-cr16.texi
7508@end ifset
7509
328eb32e
HPN
7510@ifset CRIS
7511@include c-cris.texi
7512@end ifset
7513
c2dcd04e 7514@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7515@ifclear GENERIC
7516@node Machine Dependencies
7517@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7518
c2dcd04e 7519The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7520and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7521chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7522family.
7523
7524@menu
c2dcd04e 7525* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7526* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7527@end menu
7528@lowersections
7529@end ifclear
7530@end ifset
7531
7532@ifset D10V
7533@include c-d10v.texi
7534@end ifset
7535
7536@ifset D30V
7537@include c-d30v.texi
7538@end ifset
7539
cfb8c092
NC
7540@ifset EPIPHANY
7541@include c-epiphany.texi
7542@end ifset
7543
252b5132
RH
7544@ifset H8/300
7545@include c-h8300.texi
7546@end ifset
7547
252b5132
RH
7548@ifset HPPA
7549@include c-hppa.texi
7550@end ifset
7551
5b93d8bb
AM
7552@ifset I370
7553@include c-i370.texi
7554@end ifset
7555
252b5132
RH
7556@ifset I80386
7557@include c-i386.texi
7558@end ifset
7559
e3308d0d
JE
7560@ifset I860
7561@include c-i860.texi
7562@end ifset
7563
252b5132
RH
7564@ifset I960
7565@include c-i960.texi
7566@end ifset
7567
9e32ca89
NC
7568@ifset IA64
7569@include c-ia64.texi
7570@end ifset
7571
a40cbfa3
NC
7572@ifset IP2K
7573@include c-ip2k.texi
7574@end ifset
7575
84e94c90
NC
7576@ifset LM32
7577@include c-lm32.texi
7578@end ifset
7579
49f58d10
JB
7580@ifset M32C
7581@include c-m32c.texi
7582@end ifset
7583
ec694b89
NC
7584@ifset M32R
7585@include c-m32r.texi
7586@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7587
7588@ifset M680X0
7589@include c-m68k.texi
7590@end ifset
7591
60bcf0fa
NC
7592@ifset M68HC11
7593@include c-m68hc11.texi
7594@end ifset
7595
a3c62988
NC
7596@ifset METAG
7597@include c-metag.texi
7598@end ifset
7599
01642c12 7600@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7601@include c-microblaze.texi
7602@end ifset
7603
252b5132
RH
7604@ifset MIPS
7605@include c-mips.texi
7606@end ifset
7607
3c3bdf30
NC
7608@ifset MMIX
7609@include c-mmix.texi
7610@end ifset
7611
2469cfa2
NC
7612@ifset MSP430
7613@include c-msp430.texi
7614@end ifset
7615
35c08157
KLC
7616@ifset NDS32
7617@include c-nds32.texi
7618@end ifset
7619
36591ba1
SL
7620@ifset NIOSII
7621@include c-nios2.texi
7622@end ifset
7623
252b5132
RH
7624@ifset NS32K
7625@include c-ns32k.texi
7626@end ifset
7627
e135f41b
NC
7628@ifset PDP11
7629@include c-pdp11.texi
7630@end ifset
7631
041dd5a9
ILT
7632@ifset PJ
7633@include c-pj.texi
7634@end ifset
7635
418c1742
MG
7636@ifset PPC
7637@include c-ppc.texi
7638@end ifset
7639
99c513f6
DD
7640@ifset RL78
7641@include c-rl78.texi
7642@end ifset
7643
046d31c2
NC
7644@ifset RX
7645@include c-rx.texi
7646@end ifset
7647
11c19e16
MS
7648@ifset S390
7649@include c-s390.texi
7650@end ifset
7651
c0157db4
NC
7652@ifset SCORE
7653@include c-score.texi
7654@end ifset
7655
252b5132
RH
7656@ifset SH
7657@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7658@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7659@end ifset
7660
7661@ifset SPARC
7662@include c-sparc.texi
7663@end ifset
7664
39bec121
TW
7665@ifset TIC54X
7666@include c-tic54x.texi
7667@end ifset
7668
40b36596
JM
7669@ifset TIC6X
7670@include c-tic6x.texi
7671@end ifset
7672
aa137e4d
NC
7673@ifset TILEGX
7674@include c-tilegx.texi
7675@end ifset
7676
7677@ifset TILEPRO
7678@include c-tilepro.texi
7679@end ifset
7680
b6605ddd
EB
7681@ifset V850
7682@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7683@end ifset
7684
7685@ifset VAX
7686@include c-vax.texi
7687@end ifset
7688
b6605ddd
EB
7689@ifset VISIUM
7690@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7691@end ifset
7692
f6c1a2d5
NC
7693@ifset XGATE
7694@include c-xgate.texi
7695@end ifset
7696
6753e72f
NC
7697@ifset XSTORMY16
7698@include c-xstormy16.texi
7699@end ifset
7700
e0001a05
NC
7701@ifset XTENSA
7702@include c-xtensa.texi
7703@end ifset
7704
b6605ddd
EB
7705@ifset Z80
7706@include c-z80.texi
7707@end ifset
7708
7709@ifset Z8000
7710@include c-z8k.texi
7711@end ifset
7712
252b5132
RH
7713@ifset GENERIC
7714@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7715@raisesections
7716@end ifset
7717
7718@node Reporting Bugs
7719@chapter Reporting Bugs
7720@cindex bugs in assembler
7721@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7722
a4fb0134 7723Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7724
7725Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7726not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7727entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7728Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7729
7730In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7731information that enables us to fix the bug.
7732
7733@menu
7734* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7735* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7736@end menu
7737
7738@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7739@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7740@cindex bug criteria
7741
7742If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7743
7744@itemize @bullet
7745@cindex fatal signal
7746@cindex assembler crash
7747@cindex crash of assembler
7748@item
7749If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7750@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7751
7752@cindex error on valid input
7753@item
a4fb0134 7754If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7755
7756@cindex invalid input
7757@item
a4fb0134 7758If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7759is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7760be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7761
7762@item
7763If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7764of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7765@end itemize
7766
7767@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7768@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7769@cindex bug reports
7770@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7771
7772A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7773you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7774contact that organization first.
7775
7776You can find contact information for many support companies and
7777individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7778distribution.
7779
ad22bfe8 7780@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7781In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7782to @value{BUGURL}.
7783@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7784
7785The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7786@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7787fact or leave it out, state it!
7788
7789Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7790and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7791name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7792not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7793happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7794perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7795the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7796give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7797and the most helpful.
7798
7799Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7800it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7801that the bug has not been reported previously.
7802
7803Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7804bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7805respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7806You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7807
7808To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7809
7810@itemize @bullet
7811@item
a4fb0134 7812The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7813it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7814
7815Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7816the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7817
7818@item
a4fb0134 7819Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7820
7821@item
7822The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7823version number.
7824
7825@item
a4fb0134 7826What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7827``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7828
7829@item
7830The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7831observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7832all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7833
7834If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7835and then we might not encounter the bug.
7836
7837@item
7838A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7839the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7840high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7841when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7842the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7843file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7844@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7845
7846@item
7847A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7848incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7849
a4fb0134 7850Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7851will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7852notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7853make a mistake.
7854
7855Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7856explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7857@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7858library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7859would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7860would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7861expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7862observations.
7863
7864@item
a4fb0134 7865If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7866diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7867option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7868discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7869by line number.
7870
7871The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7872sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7873@end itemize
7874
7875Here are some things that are not necessary:
7876
7877@itemize @bullet
7878@item
7879A description of the envelope of the bug.
7880
7881Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7882which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7883changes will not affect it.
7884
7885This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7886will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7887with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7888We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7889
7890Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7891of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7892output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7893less time, and so on.
7894
7895However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7896report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7897
7898@item
7899A patch for the bug.
7900
7901A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7902the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7903a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7904to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7905
a4fb0134 7906Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7907construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7908the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7909one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7910
7911And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7912patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7913help us to understand.
7914
7915@item
7916A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7917
7918Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7919things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7920@end itemize
7921
7922@node Acknowledgements
7923@chapter Acknowledgements
7924
653cfe85 7925If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7926it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7927maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7928@c (October 2012),
7929the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7930
7931Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7932more details?}
7933
7934Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7935information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7936extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7937
7938K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7939many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7940up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7941testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7942including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7943and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7944support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7945port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7946file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7947assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7948
7949Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7950in format-specific I/O modules.
7951
7952The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7953has done much work with it since.
7954
7955The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7956
7957Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7958
7959The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7960University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7961
7962Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7963(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7964(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7965support a.out format.
7966
7be1c489
AM
7967Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7968tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7969Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7970use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7971targets.
7972
7973John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7974simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7975updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7976fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7977remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7978cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7979required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7980
7981Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
798268k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7983added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7984PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7985
653cfe85 7986Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7987
7988Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7989
7990Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7991along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7992formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7993the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7994
7995Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7996Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7997Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7998Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7999and some initial 64-bit support).
8000
c1253627 8001Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8002
252b5132
RH
8003Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8004support for openVMS/Alpha.
8005
39bec121
TW
8006Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8007flavors.
8008
e0001a05 8009David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8010Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8011
252b5132
RH
8012Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8013configuration enhancements.
8014
84e94c90
NC
8015Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8016
252b5132
RH
8017Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8018you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8019want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8020intentionally leaving anyone out.
8021
793c5807
NC
8022@node GNU Free Documentation License
8023@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8024@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8025
370b66a1
CD
8026@node AS Index
8027@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8028
8029@printindex cp
8030
252b5132
RH
8031@bye
8032@c Local Variables:
8033@c fill-column: 79
8034@c End: